1 /* Output Dwarf2 format symbol table information from GCC.
2 Copyright (C) 1992, 1993, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Contributed by Gary Funck (gary@intrepid.com).
5 Derived from DWARF 1 implementation of Ron Guilmette (rfg@monkeys.com).
6 Extensively modified by Jason Merrill (jason@cygnus.com).
8 This file is part of GCC.
10 GCC is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
11 the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
12 Software Foundation; either version 2, or (at your option) any later
15 GCC is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY
16 WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
17 FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License
20 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
21 along with GCC; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
22 Software Foundation, 59 Temple Place - Suite 330, Boston, MA
25 /* TODO: Emit .debug_line header even when there are no functions, since
26 the file numbers are used by .debug_info. Alternately, leave
27 out locations for types and decls.
28 Avoid talking about ctors and op= for PODs.
29 Factor out common prologue sequences into multiple CIEs. */
31 /* The first part of this file deals with the DWARF 2 frame unwind
32 information, which is also used by the GCC efficient exception handling
33 mechanism. The second part, controlled only by an #ifdef
34 DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO, deals with the other DWARF 2 debugging
39 #include "coretypes.h"
45 #include "hard-reg-set.h"
47 #include "insn-config.h"
55 #include "dwarf2out.h"
56 #include "dwarf2asm.h"
62 #include "diagnostic.h"
65 #include "langhooks.h"
70 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
71 static void dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int, const char *);
74 /* DWARF2 Abbreviation Glossary:
75 CFA = Canonical Frame Address
76 a fixed address on the stack which identifies a call frame.
77 We define it to be the value of SP just before the call insn.
78 The CFA register and offset, which may change during the course
79 of the function, are used to calculate its value at runtime.
80 CFI = Call Frame Instruction
81 an instruction for the DWARF2 abstract machine
82 CIE = Common Information Entry
83 information describing information common to one or more FDEs
84 DIE = Debugging Information Entry
85 FDE = Frame Description Entry
86 information describing the stack call frame, in particular,
87 how to restore registers
89 DW_CFA_... = DWARF2 CFA call frame instruction
90 DW_TAG_... = DWARF2 DIE tag */
92 /* Decide whether we want to emit frame unwind information for the current
96 dwarf2out_do_frame (void)
98 return (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
99 || write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
100 #ifdef DWARF2_FRAME_INFO
103 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
104 || flag_unwind_tables
105 || (flag_exceptions
&& ! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
110 /* The size of the target's pointer type. */
112 #define PTR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
115 /* Various versions of targetm.eh_frame_section. Note these must appear
116 outside the DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO || DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO macro guards. */
118 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems with named sections. */
120 named_section_eh_frame_section (void)
122 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
123 #ifdef HAVE_LD_RO_RW_SECTION_MIXING
124 int fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
125 int per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
126 int lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
130 || ((fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
131 && (fde_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
132 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
133 && (per_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
134 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_absptr
135 && (lsda_encoding
& 0x70) != DW_EH_PE_aligned
))
137 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, flags
);
139 named_section_flags (EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
, SECTION_WRITE
);
144 /* Version of targetm.eh_frame_section for systems using collect2. */
146 collect2_eh_frame_section (void)
148 tree label
= get_file_function_name ('F');
151 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
152 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
153 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (label
));
156 /* Default version of targetm.eh_frame_section. */
158 default_eh_frame_section (void)
160 #ifdef EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME
161 named_section_eh_frame_section ();
163 collect2_eh_frame_section ();
167 /* Array of RTXes referenced by the debugging information, which therefore
168 must be kept around forever. */
169 static GTY(()) varray_type used_rtx_varray
;
171 /* A pointer to the base of a list of incomplete types which might be
172 completed at some later time. incomplete_types_list needs to be a VARRAY
173 because we want to tell the garbage collector about it. */
174 static GTY(()) varray_type incomplete_types
;
176 /* A pointer to the base of a table of references to declaration
177 scopes. This table is a display which tracks the nesting
178 of declaration scopes at the current scope and containing
179 scopes. This table is used to find the proper place to
180 define type declaration DIE's. */
181 static GTY(()) varray_type decl_scope_table
;
183 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
184 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
185 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
188 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
*dw_cfi_ref
;
189 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
*dw_fde_ref
;
190 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
*dw_cfi_oprnd_ref
;
192 /* Call frames are described using a sequence of Call Frame
193 Information instructions. The register number, offset
194 and address fields are provided as possible operands;
195 their use is selected by the opcode field. */
197 enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
{
199 dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
,
205 typedef union dw_cfi_oprnd_struct
GTY(())
207 unsigned long GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num"))) dw_cfi_reg_num
;
208 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_offset"))) dw_cfi_offset
;
209 const char * GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_addr"))) dw_cfi_addr
;
210 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
* GTY ((tag ("dw_cfi_oprnd_loc"))) dw_cfi_loc
;
214 typedef struct dw_cfi_struct
GTY(())
216 dw_cfi_ref dw_cfi_next
;
217 enum dwarf_call_frame_info dw_cfi_opc
;
218 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
220 dw_cfi_oprnd
GTY ((desc ("dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (%1.dw_cfi_opc)")))
225 /* This is how we define the location of the CFA. We use to handle it
226 as REG + OFFSET all the time, but now it can be more complex.
227 It can now be either REG + CFA_OFFSET or *(REG + BASE_OFFSET) + CFA_OFFSET.
228 Instead of passing around REG and OFFSET, we pass a copy
229 of this structure. */
230 typedef struct cfa_loc
GTY(())
233 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
234 HOST_WIDE_INT base_offset
;
235 int indirect
; /* 1 if CFA is accessed via a dereference. */
238 /* All call frame descriptions (FDE's) in the GCC generated DWARF
239 refer to a single Common Information Entry (CIE), defined at
240 the beginning of the .debug_frame section. This use of a single
241 CIE obviates the need to keep track of multiple CIE's
242 in the DWARF generation routines below. */
244 typedef struct dw_fde_struct
GTY(())
246 const char *dw_fde_begin
;
247 const char *dw_fde_current_label
;
248 const char *dw_fde_end
;
249 dw_cfi_ref dw_fde_cfi
;
250 unsigned funcdef_number
;
251 unsigned all_throwers_are_sibcalls
: 1;
252 unsigned nothrow
: 1;
253 unsigned uses_eh_lsda
: 1;
257 /* Maximum size (in bytes) of an artificially generated label. */
258 #define MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES 30
260 /* The size of addresses as they appear in the Dwarf 2 data.
261 Some architectures use word addresses to refer to code locations,
262 but Dwarf 2 info always uses byte addresses. On such machines,
263 Dwarf 2 addresses need to be larger than the architecture's
265 #ifndef DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
266 #define DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE (POINTER_SIZE / BITS_PER_UNIT)
269 /* The size in bytes of a DWARF field indicating an offset or length
270 relative to a debug info section, specified to be 4 bytes in the
271 DWARF-2 specification. The SGI/MIPS ABI defines it to be the same
274 #ifndef DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
275 #define DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE 4
278 /* According to the (draft) DWARF 3 specification, the initial length
279 should either be 4 or 12 bytes. When it's 12 bytes, the first 4
280 bytes are 0xffffffff, followed by the length stored in the next 8
283 However, the SGI/MIPS ABI uses an initial length which is equal to
284 DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE. It is defined (elsewhere) accordingly. */
286 #ifndef DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
287 #define DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 4 ? 4 : 12)
290 #define DWARF_VERSION 2
292 /* Round SIZE up to the nearest BOUNDARY. */
293 #define DWARF_ROUND(SIZE,BOUNDARY) \
294 ((((SIZE) + (BOUNDARY) - 1) / (BOUNDARY)) * (BOUNDARY))
296 /* Offsets recorded in opcodes are a multiple of this alignment factor. */
297 #ifndef DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
298 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
299 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT (-((int) UNITS_PER_WORD))
301 #define DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT ((int) UNITS_PER_WORD)
305 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains frame description
306 information for each routine. */
307 static GTY((length ("fde_table_allocated"))) dw_fde_ref fde_table
;
309 /* Number of elements currently allocated for fde_table. */
310 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_allocated
;
312 /* Number of elements in fde_table currently in use. */
313 static GTY(()) unsigned fde_table_in_use
;
315 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
317 #define FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
319 /* A list of call frame insns for the CIE. */
320 static GTY(()) dw_cfi_ref cie_cfi_head
;
322 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
323 /* Some DWARF extensions (e.g., MIPS/SGI) implement a subprogram
324 attribute that accelerates the lookup of the FDE associated
325 with the subprogram. This variable holds the table index of the FDE
326 associated with the current function (body) definition. */
327 static unsigned current_funcdef_fde
;
330 struct indirect_string_node
GTY(())
333 unsigned int refcount
;
338 static GTY ((param_is (struct indirect_string_node
))) htab_t debug_str_hash
;
340 static GTY(()) int dw2_string_counter
;
341 static GTY(()) unsigned long dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
;
343 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
345 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
347 static char *stripattributes (const char *);
348 static const char *dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned);
349 static dw_cfi_ref
new_cfi (void);
350 static void add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*, dw_cfi_ref
);
351 static void add_fde_cfi (const char *, dw_cfi_ref
);
352 static void lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_cfa_location
*);
353 static void lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*);
354 static void reg_save (const char *, unsigned, unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
355 static void initial_return_save (rtx
);
356 static HOST_WIDE_INT
stack_adjust_offset (rtx
);
357 static void output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
, dw_fde_ref
, int);
358 static void output_call_frame_info (int);
359 static void dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx
);
360 static void queue_reg_save (const char *, rtx
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
361 static void flush_queued_reg_saves (void);
362 static bool clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx
);
363 static void dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx
, const char *);
365 /* Support for complex CFA locations. */
366 static void output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref
);
367 static void get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*,
368 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*);
369 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*build_cfa_loc
371 static void def_cfa_1 (const char *, dw_cfa_location
*);
373 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
374 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
375 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
378 /* Data and reference forms for relocatable data. */
379 #define DW_FORM_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_data8 : DW_FORM_data4)
380 #define DW_FORM_ref (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE == 8 ? DW_FORM_ref8 : DW_FORM_ref4)
382 #ifndef DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
383 #define DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION ".debug_frame"
386 #ifndef FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
387 #define FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL "LFB"
390 #ifndef FUNC_END_LABEL
391 #define FUNC_END_LABEL "LFE"
394 #define FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL "Lframe"
395 #define CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LSCIE"
396 #define CIE_END_LABEL "LECIE"
397 #define FDE_LABEL "LSFDE"
398 #define FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL "LASFDE"
399 #define FDE_END_LABEL "LEFDE"
400 #define LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL "LSLT"
401 #define LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL "LELT"
402 #define LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL "LASLTP"
403 #define LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL "LELTP"
404 #define DIE_LABEL_PREFIX "DW"
406 /* The DWARF 2 CFA column which tracks the return address. Normally this
407 is the column for PC, or the first column after all of the hard
409 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
411 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (PC_REGNUM)
413 #define DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
417 /* The mapping from gcc register number to DWARF 2 CFA column number. By
418 default, we just provide columns for all registers. */
419 #ifndef DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM
420 #define DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM(REG) DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (REG)
423 /* The offset from the incoming value of %sp to the top of the stack frame
424 for the current function. */
425 #ifndef INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
426 #define INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET 0
429 /* Hook used by __throw. */
432 expand_builtin_dwarf_sp_column (void)
434 return GEN_INT (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
));
437 /* Return a pointer to a copy of the section string name S with all
438 attributes stripped off, and an asterisk prepended (for assemble_name). */
441 stripattributes (const char *s
)
443 char *stripped
= xmalloc (strlen (s
) + 2);
448 while (*s
&& *s
!= ',')
455 /* Generate code to initialize the register size table. */
458 expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes (tree address
)
461 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (char_type_node
);
462 rtx addr
= expand_expr (address
, NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
, 0);
463 rtx mem
= gen_rtx_MEM (BLKmode
, addr
);
464 bool wrote_return_column
= false;
466 for (i
= 0; i
< FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
; i
++)
467 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) < DWARF_FRAME_REGISTERS
)
469 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) * GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
470 enum machine_mode save_mode
= reg_raw_mode
[i
];
473 if (HARD_REGNO_CALL_PART_CLOBBERED (i
, save_mode
))
474 save_mode
= choose_hard_reg_mode (i
, 1, true);
475 if (DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (i
) == DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
)
477 if (save_mode
== VOIDmode
)
479 wrote_return_column
= true;
481 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
485 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
488 #ifdef DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
489 if (! wrote_return_column
)
491 i
= DWARF_ALT_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
492 wrote_return_column
= false;
494 i
= DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
;
497 if (! wrote_return_column
)
499 enum machine_mode save_mode
= Pmode
;
500 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= i
* GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
);
501 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (save_mode
);
502 emit_move_insn (adjust_address (mem
, mode
, offset
), GEN_INT (size
));
506 /* Convert a DWARF call frame info. operation to its string name */
509 dwarf_cfi_name (unsigned int cfi_opc
)
513 case DW_CFA_advance_loc
:
514 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc";
516 return "DW_CFA_offset";
518 return "DW_CFA_restore";
522 return "DW_CFA_set_loc";
523 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
524 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc1";
525 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
526 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc2";
527 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
528 return "DW_CFA_advance_loc4";
529 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
530 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended";
531 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
532 return "DW_CFA_restore_extended";
533 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
534 return "DW_CFA_undefined";
535 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
536 return "DW_CFA_same_value";
537 case DW_CFA_register
:
538 return "DW_CFA_register";
539 case DW_CFA_remember_state
:
540 return "DW_CFA_remember_state";
541 case DW_CFA_restore_state
:
542 return "DW_CFA_restore_state";
544 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa";
545 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
546 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register";
547 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
548 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset";
551 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
552 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression";
553 case DW_CFA_expression
:
554 return "DW_CFA_expression";
555 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
556 return "DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf";
557 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
558 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf";
559 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
560 return "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf";
562 /* SGI/MIPS specific */
563 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
564 return "DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8";
567 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
568 return "DW_CFA_GNU_window_save";
569 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
570 return "DW_CFA_GNU_args_size";
571 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
572 return "DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended";
575 return "DW_CFA_<unknown>";
579 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated Call Frame Instruction. */
581 static inline dw_cfi_ref
584 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_cfi_node
));
586 cfi
->dw_cfi_next
= NULL
;
587 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
588 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= 0;
593 /* Add a Call Frame Instruction to list of instructions. */
596 add_cfi (dw_cfi_ref
*list_head
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
600 /* Find the end of the chain. */
601 for (p
= list_head
; (*p
) != NULL
; p
= &(*p
)->dw_cfi_next
)
607 /* Generate a new label for the CFI info to refer to. */
610 dwarf2out_cfi_label (void)
612 static char label
[20];
614 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LCFI", dwarf2out_cfi_label_num
++);
615 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
619 /* Add CFI to the current fde at the PC value indicated by LABEL if specified,
620 or to the CIE if LABEL is NULL. */
623 add_fde_cfi (const char *label
, dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
627 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
630 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
632 if (fde
->dw_fde_current_label
== NULL
633 || strcmp (label
, fde
->dw_fde_current_label
) != 0)
637 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= label
= xstrdup (label
);
639 /* Set the location counter to the new label. */
641 xcfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_advance_loc4
;
642 xcfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
= label
;
643 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, xcfi
);
646 add_cfi (&fde
->dw_fde_cfi
, cfi
);
650 add_cfi (&cie_cfi_head
, cfi
);
653 /* Subroutine of lookup_cfa. */
656 lookup_cfa_1 (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
658 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
660 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
661 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
;
663 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
664 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
667 loc
->reg
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
;
668 loc
->offset
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
;
670 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
671 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (loc
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
);
678 /* Find the previous value for the CFA. */
681 lookup_cfa (dw_cfa_location
*loc
)
685 loc
->reg
= (unsigned long) -1;
688 loc
->base_offset
= 0;
690 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
691 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
693 if (fde_table_in_use
)
695 dw_fde_ref fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
696 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
697 lookup_cfa_1 (cfi
, loc
);
701 /* The current rule for calculating the DWARF2 canonical frame address. */
702 static dw_cfa_location cfa
;
704 /* The register used for saving registers to the stack, and its offset
706 static dw_cfa_location cfa_store
;
708 /* The running total of the size of arguments pushed onto the stack. */
709 static HOST_WIDE_INT args_size
;
711 /* The last args_size we actually output. */
712 static HOST_WIDE_INT old_args_size
;
714 /* Entry point to update the canonical frame address (CFA).
715 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi. The value of CFA is now to be
716 calculated from REG+OFFSET. */
719 dwarf2out_def_cfa (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
726 def_cfa_1 (label
, &loc
);
729 /* This routine does the actual work. The CFA is now calculated from
730 the dw_cfa_location structure. */
733 def_cfa_1 (const char *label
, dw_cfa_location
*loc_p
)
736 dw_cfa_location old_cfa
, loc
;
741 if (cfa_store
.reg
== loc
.reg
&& loc
.indirect
== 0)
742 cfa_store
.offset
= loc
.offset
;
744 loc
.reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (loc
.reg
);
745 lookup_cfa (&old_cfa
);
747 /* If nothing changed, no need to issue any call frame instructions. */
748 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
749 && loc
.indirect
== old_cfa
.indirect
750 && (loc
.indirect
== 0 || loc
.base_offset
== old_cfa
.base_offset
))
755 if (loc
.reg
== old_cfa
.reg
&& !loc
.indirect
)
757 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset <offset>" instruction,
758 indicating the CFA register did not change but the offset
760 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
;
761 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
764 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO /* SGI dbx thinks this means no offset. */
765 else if (loc
.offset
== old_cfa
.offset
&& old_cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) -1
768 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa_register <register>" instruction,
769 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> but the
770 offset has not changed. */
771 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
;
772 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
776 else if (loc
.indirect
== 0)
778 /* Construct a "DW_CFA_def_cfa <register> <offset>" instruction,
779 indicating the CFA register has changed to <register> with
780 the specified offset. */
781 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa
;
782 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= loc
.reg
;
783 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= loc
.offset
;
787 /* Construct a DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression instruction to
788 calculate the CFA using a full location expression since no
789 register-offset pair is available. */
790 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc_list
;
792 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
;
793 loc_list
= build_cfa_loc (&loc
);
794 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
= loc_list
;
797 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
800 /* Add the CFI for saving a register. REG is the CFA column number.
801 LABEL is passed to add_fde_cfi.
802 If SREG is -1, the register is saved at OFFSET from the CFA;
803 otherwise it is saved in SREG. */
806 reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, unsigned int sreg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
808 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
810 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= reg
;
812 /* The following comparison is correct. -1 is used to indicate that
813 the value isn't a register number. */
814 if (sreg
== (unsigned int) -1)
817 /* The register number won't fit in 6 bits, so we have to use
819 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended
;
821 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset
;
823 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
825 /* If we get an offset that is not a multiple of
826 DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, there is either a bug in the
827 definition of DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT, or a bug in the machine
829 HOST_WIDE_INT check_offset
= offset
/ DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
831 if (check_offset
* DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
!= offset
)
835 offset
/= DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
;
837 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
;
839 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
= offset
;
841 else if (sreg
== reg
)
842 /* We could emit a DW_CFA_same_value in this case, but don't bother. */
846 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_register
;
847 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
= sreg
;
850 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
853 /* Add the CFI for saving a register window. LABEL is passed to reg_save.
854 This CFI tells the unwinder that it needs to restore the window registers
855 from the previous frame's window save area.
857 ??? Perhaps we should note in the CIE where windows are saved (instead of
858 assuming 0(cfa)) and what registers are in the window. */
861 dwarf2out_window_save (const char *label
)
863 dw_cfi_ref cfi
= new_cfi ();
865 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
;
866 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
869 /* Add a CFI to update the running total of the size of arguments
870 pushed onto the stack. */
873 dwarf2out_args_size (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT size
)
877 if (size
== old_args_size
)
880 old_args_size
= size
;
883 cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
= DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
;
884 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
= size
;
885 add_fde_cfi (label
, cfi
);
888 /* Entry point for saving a register to the stack. REG is the GCC register
889 number. LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
892 dwarf2out_reg_save (const char *label
, unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
894 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (reg
), -1, offset
);
897 /* Entry point for saving the return address in the stack.
898 LABEL and OFFSET are passed to reg_save. */
901 dwarf2out_return_save (const char *label
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
903 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, -1, offset
);
906 /* Entry point for saving the return address in a register.
907 LABEL and SREG are passed to reg_save. */
910 dwarf2out_return_reg (const char *label
, unsigned int sreg
)
912 reg_save (label
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, sreg
, 0);
915 /* Record the initial position of the return address. RTL is
916 INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX. */
919 initial_return_save (rtx rtl
)
921 unsigned int reg
= (unsigned int) -1;
922 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
924 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
927 /* RA is in a register. */
928 reg
= DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (REGNO (rtl
));
932 /* RA is on the stack. */
934 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
937 if (REGNO (rtl
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
943 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
945 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
949 if (REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
951 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1));
961 /* The return address is at some offset from any value we can
962 actually load. For instance, on the SPARC it is in %i7+8. Just
963 ignore the offset for now; it doesn't matter for unwinding frames. */
964 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
966 initial_return_save (XEXP (rtl
, 0));
973 reg_save (NULL
, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, reg
, offset
- cfa
.offset
);
976 /* Given a SET, calculate the amount of stack adjustment it
980 stack_adjust_offset (rtx pattern
)
982 rtx src
= SET_SRC (pattern
);
983 rtx dest
= SET_DEST (pattern
);
984 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
= 0;
987 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
989 /* (set (reg sp) (plus (reg sp) (const_int))) */
990 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
991 if (! (code
== PLUS
|| code
== MINUS
)
992 || XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
993 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
996 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1000 else if (GET_CODE (dest
) == MEM
)
1002 /* (set (mem (pre_dec (reg sp))) (foo)) */
1003 src
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1004 code
= GET_CODE (src
);
1010 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1012 rtx val
= XEXP (XEXP (src
, 1), 1);
1013 /* We handle only adjustments by constant amount. */
1014 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != PLUS
||
1015 GET_CODE (val
) != CONST_INT
)
1017 offset
= -INTVAL (val
);
1024 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1026 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1033 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1035 offset
= -GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1050 /* Check INSN to see if it looks like a push or a stack adjustment, and
1051 make a note of it if it does. EH uses this information to find out how
1052 much extra space it needs to pop off the stack. */
1055 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (rtx insn
)
1057 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1061 /* Don't handle epilogues at all. Certainly it would be wrong to do so
1062 with this function. Proper support would require all frame-related
1063 insns to be marked, and to be able to handle saving state around
1064 epilogues textually in the middle of the function. */
1065 if (prologue_epilogue_contains (insn
) || sibcall_epilogue_contains (insn
))
1068 if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& GET_CODE (insn
) == CALL_INSN
)
1070 /* Extract the size of the args from the CALL rtx itself. */
1071 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1072 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == PARALLEL
)
1073 insn
= XVECEXP (insn
, 0, 0);
1074 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == SET
)
1075 insn
= SET_SRC (insn
);
1076 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != CALL
)
1079 dwarf2out_args_size ("", INTVAL (XEXP (insn
, 1)));
1083 /* If only calls can throw, and we have a frame pointer,
1084 save up adjustments until we see the CALL_INSN. */
1085 else if (!flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1088 if (GET_CODE (insn
) == BARRIER
)
1090 /* When we see a BARRIER, we know to reset args_size to 0. Usually
1091 the compiler will have already emitted a stack adjustment, but
1092 doesn't bother for calls to noreturn functions. */
1093 #ifdef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1094 offset
= -args_size
;
1099 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SET
)
1100 offset
= stack_adjust_offset (PATTERN (insn
));
1101 else if (GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == PARALLEL
1102 || GET_CODE (PATTERN (insn
)) == SEQUENCE
)
1104 /* There may be stack adjustments inside compound insns. Search
1106 for (offset
= 0, i
= XVECLEN (PATTERN (insn
), 0) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
1107 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
)) == SET
)
1108 offset
+= stack_adjust_offset (XVECEXP (PATTERN (insn
), 0, i
));
1116 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1117 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1119 #ifndef STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD
1123 args_size
+= offset
;
1127 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1128 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1129 dwarf2out_args_size (label
, args_size
);
1134 /* We delay emitting a register save until either (a) we reach the end
1135 of the prologue or (b) the register is clobbered. This clusters
1136 register saves so that there are fewer pc advances. */
1138 struct queued_reg_save
GTY(())
1140 struct queued_reg_save
*next
;
1142 HOST_WIDE_INT cfa_offset
;
1145 static GTY(()) struct queued_reg_save
*queued_reg_saves
;
1147 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1148 static const char *last_reg_save_label
;
1151 queue_reg_save (const char *label
, rtx reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
1153 struct queued_reg_save
*q
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (*q
));
1155 q
->next
= queued_reg_saves
;
1157 q
->cfa_offset
= offset
;
1158 queued_reg_saves
= q
;
1160 last_reg_save_label
= label
;
1164 flush_queued_reg_saves (void)
1166 struct queued_reg_save
*q
, *next
;
1168 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= next
)
1170 dwarf2out_reg_save (last_reg_save_label
, REGNO (q
->reg
), q
->cfa_offset
);
1174 queued_reg_saves
= NULL
;
1175 last_reg_save_label
= NULL
;
1179 clobbers_queued_reg_save (rtx insn
)
1181 struct queued_reg_save
*q
;
1183 for (q
= queued_reg_saves
; q
; q
= q
->next
)
1184 if (modified_in_p (q
->reg
, insn
))
1191 /* A temporary register holding an integral value used in adjusting SP
1192 or setting up the store_reg. The "offset" field holds the integer
1193 value, not an offset. */
1194 static dw_cfa_location cfa_temp
;
1196 /* Record call frame debugging information for an expression EXPR,
1197 which either sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame
1198 address) or saves a register to the stack. LABEL indicates the
1201 This function encodes a state machine mapping rtxes to actions on
1202 cfa, cfa_store, and cfa_temp.reg. We describe these rules so
1203 users need not read the source code.
1205 The High-Level Picture
1207 Changes in the register we use to calculate the CFA: Currently we
1208 assume that if you copy the CFA register into another register, we
1209 should take the other one as the new CFA register; this seems to
1210 work pretty well. If it's wrong for some target, it's simple
1211 enough not to set RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on the insn in question.
1213 Changes in the register we use for saving registers to the stack:
1214 This is usually SP, but not always. Again, we deduce that if you
1215 copy SP into another register (and SP is not the CFA register),
1216 then the new register is the one we will be using for register
1217 saves. This also seems to work.
1219 Register saves: There's not much guesswork about this one; if
1220 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on an insn which modifies memory, it's a
1221 register save, and the register used to calculate the destination
1222 had better be the one we think we're using for this purpose.
1224 Except: If the register being saved is the CFA register, and the
1225 offset is nonzero, we are saving the CFA, so we assume we have to
1226 use DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression. If the offset is 0, we assume that
1227 the intent is to save the value of SP from the previous frame.
1229 Invariants / Summaries of Rules
1231 cfa current rule for calculating the CFA. It usually
1232 consists of a register and an offset.
1233 cfa_store register used by prologue code to save things to the stack
1234 cfa_store.offset is the offset from the value of
1235 cfa_store.reg to the actual CFA
1236 cfa_temp register holding an integral value. cfa_temp.offset
1237 stores the value, which will be used to adjust the
1238 stack pointer. cfa_temp is also used like cfa_store,
1239 to track stores to the stack via fp or a temp reg.
1241 Rules 1- 4: Setting a register's value to cfa.reg or an expression
1242 with cfa.reg as the first operand changes the cfa.reg and its
1243 cfa.offset. Rule 1 and 4 also set cfa_temp.reg and
1246 Rules 6- 9: Set a non-cfa.reg register value to a constant or an
1247 expression yielding a constant. This sets cfa_temp.reg
1248 and cfa_temp.offset.
1250 Rule 5: Create a new register cfa_store used to save items to the
1253 Rules 10-14: Save a register to the stack. Define offset as the
1254 difference of the original location and cfa_store's
1255 location (or cfa_temp's location if cfa_temp is used).
1259 "{a,b}" indicates a choice of a xor b.
1260 "<reg>:cfa.reg" indicates that <reg> must equal cfa.reg.
1263 (set <reg1> <reg2>:cfa.reg)
1264 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1265 cfa.offset unchanged
1266 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1267 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1270 (set sp ({minus,plus,losum} {sp,fp}:cfa.reg
1271 {<const_int>,<reg>:cfa_temp.reg}))
1272 effects: cfa.reg = sp if fp used
1273 cfa.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset} if cfa.reg==sp
1274 cfa_store.offset += {+/- <const_int>, cfa_temp.offset}
1275 if cfa_store.reg==sp
1278 (set fp ({minus,plus,losum} <reg>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1279 effects: cfa.reg = fp
1280 cfa_offset += +/- <const_int>
1283 (set <reg1> ({plus,losum} <reg2>:cfa.reg <const_int>))
1284 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1286 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1287 cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1288 cfa_temp.offset = cfa.offset
1291 (set <reg1> (plus <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg sp:cfa.reg))
1292 constraints: <reg1> != fp
1294 effects: cfa_store.reg = <reg1>
1295 cfa_store.offset = cfa.offset - cfa_temp.offset
1298 (set <reg> <const_int>)
1299 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1300 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1303 (set <reg1>:cfa_temp.reg (ior <reg2>:cfa_temp.reg <const_int>))
1304 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg1>
1305 cfa_temp.offset |= <const_int>
1308 (set <reg> (high <exp>))
1312 (set <reg> (lo_sum <exp> <const_int>))
1313 effects: cfa_temp.reg = <reg>
1314 cfa_temp.offset = <const_int>
1317 (set (mem (pre_modify sp:cfa_store (???? <reg1> <const_int>))) <reg2>)
1318 effects: cfa_store.offset -= <const_int>
1319 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1321 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1324 (set (mem ({pre_inc,pre_dec} sp:cfa_store.reg)) <reg>)
1325 effects: cfa_store.offset += -/+ mode_size(mem)
1326 cfa.offset = cfa_store.offset if cfa.reg == sp
1328 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_store.offset
1331 (set (mem ({minus,plus,losum} <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp} <const_int>))
1334 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1335 cfa.base_offset = -/+ <const_int> - {cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1338 (set (mem <reg1>:{cfa_store,cfa_temp}) <reg2>)
1339 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1340 cfa.base_offset = -{cfa_store,cfa_temp}.offset
1343 (set (mem (postinc <reg1>:cfa_temp <const_int>)) <reg2>)
1344 effects: cfa.reg = <reg1>
1345 cfa.base_offset = -cfa_temp.offset
1346 cfa_temp.offset -= mode_size(mem) */
1349 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (rtx expr
, const char *label
)
1352 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
1354 /* If RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P is set on a PARALLEL, process each member of
1355 the PARALLEL independently. The first element is always processed if
1356 it is a SET. This is for backward compatibility. Other elements
1357 are processed only if they are SETs and the RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P
1358 flag is set in them. */
1359 if (GET_CODE (expr
) == PARALLEL
|| GET_CODE (expr
) == SEQUENCE
)
1362 int limit
= XVECLEN (expr
, 0);
1364 for (par_index
= 0; par_index
< limit
; par_index
++)
1365 if (GET_CODE (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
)) == SET
1366 && (RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
))
1368 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (XVECEXP (expr
, 0, par_index
), label
);
1373 if (GET_CODE (expr
) != SET
)
1376 src
= SET_SRC (expr
);
1377 dest
= SET_DEST (expr
);
1379 switch (GET_CODE (dest
))
1383 /* Update the CFA rule wrt SP or FP. Make sure src is
1384 relative to the current CFA register. */
1385 switch (GET_CODE (src
))
1387 /* Setting FP from SP. */
1389 if (cfa
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (src
))
1395 /* We used to require that dest be either SP or FP, but the
1396 ARM copies SP to a temporary register, and from there to
1397 FP. So we just rely on the backends to only set
1398 RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P on appropriate insns. */
1399 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1400 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1401 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1407 if (dest
== stack_pointer_rtx
)
1411 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)))
1414 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1417 if ((unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 1)) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1419 offset
= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1425 if (XEXP (src
, 0) == hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1427 /* Restoring SP from FP in the epilogue. */
1428 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned) HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1430 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1432 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
)
1433 /* Assume we've set the source reg of the LO_SUM from sp. */
1435 else if (XEXP (src
, 0) != stack_pointer_rtx
)
1438 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1440 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1441 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1442 if (cfa_store
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1443 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1445 else if (dest
== hard_frame_pointer_rtx
)
1448 /* Either setting the FP from an offset of the SP,
1449 or adjusting the FP */
1450 if (! frame_pointer_needed
)
1453 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1454 && (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1455 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1457 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1458 if (GET_CODE (src
) != MINUS
)
1460 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1461 cfa
.reg
= HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1468 if (GET_CODE (src
) == MINUS
)
1472 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1473 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa
.reg
1474 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1476 /* Setting a temporary CFA register that will be copied
1477 into the FP later on. */
1478 offset
= - INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1479 cfa
.offset
+= offset
;
1480 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1481 /* Or used to save regs to the stack. */
1482 cfa_temp
.reg
= cfa
.reg
;
1483 cfa_temp
.offset
= cfa
.offset
;
1487 else if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) == REG
1488 && REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) == cfa_temp
.reg
1489 && XEXP (src
, 1) == stack_pointer_rtx
)
1491 /* Setting a scratch register that we will use instead
1492 of SP for saving registers to the stack. */
1493 if (cfa
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1495 cfa_store
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1496 cfa_store
.offset
= cfa
.offset
- cfa_temp
.offset
;
1500 else if (GET_CODE (src
) == LO_SUM
1501 && GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)
1503 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1504 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1513 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1514 cfa_temp
.offset
= INTVAL (src
);
1519 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 0)) != REG
1520 || (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (src
, 0)) != cfa_temp
.reg
1521 || GET_CODE (XEXP (src
, 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1524 if ((unsigned) REGNO (dest
) != cfa_temp
.reg
)
1525 cfa_temp
.reg
= REGNO (dest
);
1526 cfa_temp
.offset
|= INTVAL (XEXP (src
, 1));
1529 /* Skip over HIGH, assuming it will be followed by a LO_SUM,
1530 which will fill in all of the bits. */
1539 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1543 if (GET_CODE (src
) != REG
)
1546 /* Saving a register to the stack. Make sure dest is relative to the
1548 switch (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1553 /* We can't handle variable size modifications. */
1554 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1556 offset
= -INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1), 1));
1558 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1559 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1562 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1563 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1564 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1566 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1572 offset
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1573 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == PRE_INC
)
1576 if (REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1577 || cfa_store
.reg
!= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1580 cfa_store
.offset
+= offset
;
1581 if (cfa
.reg
== STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
)
1582 cfa
.offset
= cfa_store
.offset
;
1584 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1588 /* With an offset. */
1592 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1)) != CONST_INT
)
1594 offset
= INTVAL (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 1));
1595 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (dest
, 0)) == MINUS
)
1598 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1599 offset
-= cfa_store
.offset
;
1600 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1601 offset
-= cfa_temp
.offset
;
1607 /* Without an offset. */
1609 if (cfa_store
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1610 offset
= -cfa_store
.offset
;
1611 else if (cfa_temp
.reg
== (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (dest
, 0)))
1612 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1619 if (cfa_temp
.reg
!= (unsigned) REGNO (XEXP (XEXP (dest
, 0), 0)))
1621 offset
= -cfa_temp
.offset
;
1622 cfa_temp
.offset
-= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (dest
));
1629 if (REGNO (src
) != STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
1630 && REGNO (src
) != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
1631 && (unsigned) REGNO (src
) == cfa
.reg
)
1633 /* We're storing the current CFA reg into the stack. */
1635 if (cfa
.offset
== 0)
1637 /* If the source register is exactly the CFA, assume
1638 we're saving SP like any other register; this happens
1640 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1641 queue_reg_save (label
, stack_pointer_rtx
, offset
);
1646 /* Otherwise, we'll need to look in the stack to
1647 calculate the CFA. */
1648 rtx x
= XEXP (dest
, 0);
1650 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1652 if (GET_CODE (x
) != REG
)
1655 cfa
.reg
= REGNO (x
);
1656 cfa
.base_offset
= offset
;
1658 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1663 def_cfa_1 (label
, &cfa
);
1664 queue_reg_save (label
, src
, offset
);
1672 /* Record call frame debugging information for INSN, which either
1673 sets SP or FP (adjusting how we calculate the frame address) or saves a
1674 register to the stack. If INSN is NULL_RTX, initialize our state. */
1677 dwarf2out_frame_debug (rtx insn
)
1682 if (insn
== NULL_RTX
)
1684 /* Flush any queued register saves. */
1685 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1687 /* Set up state for generating call frame debug info. */
1689 if (cfa
.reg
!= (unsigned long) DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM (STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
))
1692 cfa
.reg
= STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
;
1695 cfa_temp
.offset
= 0;
1699 if (GET_CODE (insn
) != INSN
|| clobbers_queued_reg_save (insn
))
1700 flush_queued_reg_saves ();
1702 if (! RTX_FRAME_RELATED_P (insn
))
1704 if (!ACCUMULATE_OUTGOING_ARGS
)
1705 dwarf2out_stack_adjust (insn
);
1710 label
= dwarf2out_cfi_label ();
1711 src
= find_reg_note (insn
, REG_FRAME_RELATED_EXPR
, NULL_RTX
);
1713 insn
= XEXP (src
, 0);
1715 insn
= PATTERN (insn
);
1717 dwarf2out_frame_debug_expr (insn
, label
);
1722 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd1 are used. */
1723 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc
1724 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1726 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1727 dw_cfi_oprnd1_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1732 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1733 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1735 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1736 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1737 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1738 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1739 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1740 return dw_cfi_oprnd_addr
;
1743 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1744 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1745 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1746 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1747 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1748 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1749 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1750 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1751 case DW_CFA_register
:
1752 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1754 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1755 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1756 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1757 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1759 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1760 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1761 return dw_cfi_oprnd_loc
;
1768 /* Describe for the GTY machinery what parts of dw_cfi_oprnd2 are used. */
1769 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc
1770 (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
);
1772 static enum dw_cfi_oprnd_type
1773 dw_cfi_oprnd2_desc (enum dwarf_call_frame_info cfi
)
1777 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1778 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1780 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1781 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1782 return dw_cfi_oprnd_offset
;
1784 case DW_CFA_register
:
1785 return dw_cfi_oprnd_reg_num
;
1788 return dw_cfi_oprnd_unused
;
1792 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
1794 /* Map register numbers held in the call frame info that gcc has
1795 collected using DWARF_FRAME_REGNUM to those that should be output in
1796 .debug_frame and .eh_frame. */
1797 #ifndef DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT
1798 #define DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT(REGNO, FOR_EH) (REGNO)
1801 /* Output a Call Frame Information opcode and its operand(s). */
1804 output_cfi (dw_cfi_ref cfi
, dw_fde_ref fde
, int for_eh
)
1807 if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_advance_loc
)
1808 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
1809 | (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
& 0x3f)),
1810 "DW_CFA_advance_loc " HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
1811 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
);
1812 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_offset
)
1814 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1815 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1816 "DW_CFA_offset, column 0x%lx", r
);
1817 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1819 else if (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
== DW_CFA_restore
)
1821 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1822 dw2_asm_output_data (1, (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
| (r
& 0x3f)),
1823 "DW_CFA_restore, column 0x%lx", r
);
1827 dw2_asm_output_data (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
,
1828 "%s", dwarf_cfi_name (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
));
1830 switch (cfi
->dw_cfi_opc
)
1832 case DW_CFA_set_loc
:
1834 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
1835 ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0),
1836 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
),
1839 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
1840 cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
, NULL
);
1843 case DW_CFA_advance_loc1
:
1844 dw2_asm_output_delta (1, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1845 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1846 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1849 case DW_CFA_advance_loc2
:
1850 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1851 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1852 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1855 case DW_CFA_advance_loc4
:
1856 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1857 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1858 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1861 case DW_CFA_MIPS_advance_loc8
:
1862 dw2_asm_output_delta (8, cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
,
1863 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
, NULL
);
1864 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_addr
;
1867 case DW_CFA_offset_extended
:
1868 case DW_CFA_def_cfa
:
1869 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1870 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1871 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1874 case DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf
:
1875 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_sf
:
1876 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1877 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1878 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1881 case DW_CFA_restore_extended
:
1882 case DW_CFA_undefined
:
1883 case DW_CFA_same_value
:
1884 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_register
:
1885 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1886 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1889 case DW_CFA_register
:
1890 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1891 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1892 r
= DWARF2_FRAME_REG_OUT (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd2
.dw_cfi_reg_num
, for_eh
);
1893 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (r
, NULL
);
1896 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset
:
1897 case DW_CFA_GNU_args_size
:
1898 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1901 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_offset_sf
:
1902 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_offset
, NULL
);
1905 case DW_CFA_GNU_window_save
:
1908 case DW_CFA_def_cfa_expression
:
1909 case DW_CFA_expression
:
1910 output_cfa_loc (cfi
);
1913 case DW_CFA_GNU_negative_offset_extended
:
1914 /* Obsoleted by DW_CFA_offset_extended_sf. */
1923 /* Output the call frame information used to record information
1924 that relates to calculating the frame pointer, and records the
1925 location of saved registers. */
1928 output_call_frame_info (int for_eh
)
1933 char l1
[20], l2
[20], section_start_label
[20];
1934 bool any_lsda_needed
= false;
1935 char augmentation
[6];
1936 int augmentation_size
;
1937 int fde_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1938 int per_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1939 int lsda_encoding
= DW_EH_PE_absptr
;
1941 /* Don't emit a CIE if there won't be any FDEs. */
1942 if (fde_table_in_use
== 0)
1945 /* If we don't have any functions we'll want to unwind out of, don't
1946 emit any EH unwind information. Note that if exceptions aren't
1947 enabled, we won't have collected nothrow information, and if we
1948 asked for asynchronous tables, we always want this info. */
1951 bool any_eh_needed
= !flag_exceptions
|| flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
;
1953 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
1954 if (fde_table
[i
].uses_eh_lsda
)
1955 any_eh_needed
= any_lsda_needed
= true;
1956 else if (! fde_table
[i
].nothrow
1957 && ! fde_table
[i
].all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
1958 any_eh_needed
= true;
1960 if (! any_eh_needed
)
1964 /* We're going to be generating comments, so turn on app. */
1969 (*targetm
.asm_out
.eh_frame_section
) ();
1971 named_section_flags (DEBUG_FRAME_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
1973 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (section_start_label
, FRAME_BEGIN_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1974 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, section_start_label
);
1976 /* Output the CIE. */
1977 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, CIE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1978 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, CIE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
);
1979 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
1980 "Length of Common Information Entry");
1981 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
1983 /* Now that the CIE pointer is PC-relative for EH,
1984 use 0 to identify the CIE. */
1985 dw2_asm_output_data ((for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
),
1986 (for_eh
? 0 : DW_CIE_ID
),
1987 "CIE Identifier Tag");
1989 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_CIE_VERSION
, "CIE Version");
1991 augmentation
[0] = 0;
1992 augmentation_size
= 0;
1998 z Indicates that a uleb128 is present to size the
1999 augmentation section.
2000 L Indicates the encoding (and thus presence) of
2001 an LSDA pointer in the FDE augmentation.
2002 R Indicates a non-default pointer encoding for
2004 P Indicates the presence of an encoding + language
2005 personality routine in the CIE augmentation. */
2007 fde_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/1, /*global=*/0);
2008 per_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/2, /*global=*/1);
2009 lsda_encoding
= ASM_PREFERRED_EH_DATA_FORMAT (/*code=*/0, /*global=*/0);
2011 p
= augmentation
+ 1;
2012 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2015 augmentation_size
+= 1 + size_of_encoded_value (per_encoding
);
2017 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2020 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2022 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2025 augmentation_size
+= 1;
2027 if (p
> augmentation
+ 1)
2029 augmentation
[0] = 'z';
2033 /* Ug. Some platforms can't do unaligned dynamic relocations at all. */
2034 if (eh_personality_libfunc
&& per_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2036 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2038 + 1 /* CIE version */
2039 + strlen (augmentation
) + 1 /* Augmentation */
2040 + size_of_uleb128 (1) /* Code alignment */
2041 + size_of_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
)
2043 + 1 /* Augmentation size */
2044 + 1 /* Personality encoding */ );
2045 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2047 augmentation_size
+= pad
;
2049 /* Augmentations should be small, so there's scarce need to
2050 iterate for a solution. Die if we exceed one uleb128 byte. */
2051 if (size_of_uleb128 (augmentation_size
) != 1)
2056 dw2_asm_output_nstring (augmentation
, -1, "CIE Augmentation");
2057 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, "CIE Code Alignment Factor");
2058 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (DWARF_CIE_DATA_ALIGNMENT
,
2059 "CIE Data Alignment Factor");
2060 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_FRAME_RETURN_COLUMN
, "CIE RA Column");
2062 if (augmentation
[0])
2064 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (augmentation_size
, "Augmentation size");
2065 if (eh_personality_libfunc
)
2067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, per_encoding
, "Personality (%s)",
2068 eh_data_format_name (per_encoding
));
2069 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (per_encoding
,
2070 eh_personality_libfunc
, NULL
);
2073 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2074 dw2_asm_output_data (1, lsda_encoding
, "LSDA Encoding (%s)",
2075 eh_data_format_name (lsda_encoding
));
2077 if (fde_encoding
!= DW_EH_PE_absptr
)
2078 dw2_asm_output_data (1, fde_encoding
, "FDE Encoding (%s)",
2079 eh_data_format_name (fde_encoding
));
2082 for (cfi
= cie_cfi_head
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2083 output_cfi (cfi
, NULL
, for_eh
);
2085 /* Pad the CIE out to an address sized boundary. */
2086 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2087 floor_log2 (for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
));
2088 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2090 /* Loop through all of the FDE's. */
2091 for (i
= 0; i
< fde_table_in_use
; i
++)
2093 fde
= &fde_table
[i
];
2095 /* Don't emit EH unwind info for leaf functions that don't need it. */
2096 if (for_eh
&& !flag_asynchronous_unwind_tables
&& flag_exceptions
2097 && (fde
->nothrow
|| fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
)
2098 && !fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2101 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, FDE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2102 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_AFTER_SIZE_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2103 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, FDE_END_LABEL
, for_eh
+ i
* 2);
2104 dw2_asm_output_delta (for_eh
? 4 : DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
2106 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
2109 dw2_asm_output_delta (4, l1
, section_start_label
, "FDE CIE offset");
2111 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, section_start_label
,
2116 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (fde_encoding
,
2117 gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
),
2118 "FDE initial location");
2119 dw2_asm_output_delta (size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
),
2120 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2121 "FDE address range");
2125 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2126 "FDE initial location");
2127 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
2128 fde
->dw_fde_end
, fde
->dw_fde_begin
,
2129 "FDE address range");
2132 if (augmentation
[0])
2134 if (any_lsda_needed
)
2136 int size
= size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
);
2138 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2140 int offset
= ( 4 /* Length */
2141 + 4 /* CIE offset */
2142 + 2 * size_of_encoded_value (fde_encoding
)
2143 + 1 /* Augmentation size */ );
2144 int pad
= -offset
& (PTR_SIZE
- 1);
2147 if (size_of_uleb128 (size
) != 1)
2151 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, "Augmentation size");
2153 if (fde
->uses_eh_lsda
)
2155 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, "LLSDA",
2156 fde
->funcdef_number
);
2157 dw2_asm_output_encoded_addr_rtx (
2158 lsda_encoding
, gen_rtx_SYMBOL_REF (Pmode
, l1
),
2159 "Language Specific Data Area");
2163 if (lsda_encoding
== DW_EH_PE_aligned
)
2164 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, floor_log2 (PTR_SIZE
));
2166 (size_of_encoded_value (lsda_encoding
), 0,
2167 "Language Specific Data Area (none)");
2171 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, "Augmentation size");
2174 /* Loop through the Call Frame Instructions associated with
2176 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= fde
->dw_fde_begin
;
2177 for (cfi
= fde
->dw_fde_cfi
; cfi
!= NULL
; cfi
= cfi
->dw_cfi_next
)
2178 output_cfi (cfi
, fde
, for_eh
);
2180 /* Pad the FDE out to an address sized boundary. */
2181 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
,
2182 floor_log2 ((for_eh
? PTR_SIZE
: DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)));
2183 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
2186 if (for_eh
&& targetm
.terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info
)
2187 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0, "End of Table");
2188 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
2189 /* Work around Irix 6 assembler bug whereby labels at the end of a section
2190 get a value of 0. Putting .align 0 after the label fixes it. */
2191 ASM_OUTPUT_ALIGN (asm_out_file
, 0);
2194 /* Turn off app to make assembly quicker. */
2199 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of a function, before
2203 dwarf2out_begin_prologue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2204 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2206 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2209 current_function_func_begin_label
= 0;
2211 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2212 /* ??? current_function_func_begin_label is also used by except.c
2213 for call-site information. We must emit this label if it might
2215 if ((! flag_exceptions
|| USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
)
2216 && ! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2219 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2223 function_section (current_function_decl
);
2224 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2225 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2226 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
2227 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2228 current_function_func_begin_label
= get_identifier (label
);
2230 #ifdef IA64_UNWIND_INFO
2231 /* We can elide the fde allocation if we're not emitting debug info. */
2232 if (! dwarf2out_do_frame ())
2236 /* Expand the fde table if necessary. */
2237 if (fde_table_in_use
== fde_table_allocated
)
2239 fde_table_allocated
+= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2240 fde_table
= ggc_realloc (fde_table
,
2241 fde_table_allocated
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2242 memset (fde_table
+ fde_table_in_use
, 0,
2243 FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2246 /* Record the FDE associated with this function. */
2247 current_funcdef_fde
= fde_table_in_use
;
2249 /* Add the new FDE at the end of the fde_table. */
2250 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
++];
2251 fde
->dw_fde_begin
= xstrdup (label
);
2252 fde
->dw_fde_current_label
= NULL
;
2253 fde
->dw_fde_end
= NULL
;
2254 fde
->dw_fde_cfi
= NULL
;
2255 fde
->funcdef_number
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
2256 fde
->nothrow
= current_function_nothrow
;
2257 fde
->uses_eh_lsda
= cfun
->uses_eh_lsda
;
2258 fde
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
= cfun
->all_throwers_are_sibcalls
;
2260 args_size
= old_args_size
= 0;
2262 /* We only want to output line number information for the genuine dwarf2
2263 prologue case, not the eh frame case. */
2264 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2266 dwarf2out_source_line (line
, file
);
2270 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the absolute end of the generated code
2271 for a function definition. This gets called *after* the epilogue code has
2275 dwarf2out_end_epilogue (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2276 const char *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2279 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
2281 /* Output a label to mark the endpoint of the code generated for this
2283 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
2284 current_function_funcdef_no
);
2285 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, label
);
2286 fde
= &fde_table
[fde_table_in_use
- 1];
2287 fde
->dw_fde_end
= xstrdup (label
);
2291 dwarf2out_frame_init (void)
2293 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the fde_table. */
2294 fde_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_fde_node
));
2295 fde_table_allocated
= FDE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
2296 fde_table_in_use
= 0;
2298 /* Generate the CFA instructions common to all FDE's. Do it now for the
2299 sake of lookup_cfa. */
2301 #ifdef DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO
2302 /* On entry, the Canonical Frame Address is at SP. */
2303 dwarf2out_def_cfa (NULL
, STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
, INCOMING_FRAME_SP_OFFSET
);
2304 initial_return_save (INCOMING_RETURN_ADDR_RTX
);
2309 dwarf2out_frame_finish (void)
2311 /* Output call frame information. */
2312 if (write_symbols
== DWARF2_DEBUG
|| write_symbols
== VMS_AND_DWARF2_DEBUG
)
2313 output_call_frame_info (0);
2315 if (! USING_SJLJ_EXCEPTIONS
&& (flag_unwind_tables
|| flag_exceptions
))
2316 output_call_frame_info (1);
2320 /* And now, the subset of the debugging information support code necessary
2321 for emitting location expressions. */
2323 /* We need some way to distinguish DW_OP_addr with a direct symbol
2324 relocation from DW_OP_addr with a dtp-relative symbol relocation. */
2325 #define INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr (0x100 + DW_OP_addr)
2328 typedef struct dw_val_struct
*dw_val_ref
;
2329 typedef struct die_struct
*dw_die_ref
;
2330 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*dw_loc_descr_ref
;
2331 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
*dw_loc_list_ref
;
2333 /* Each DIE may have a series of attribute/value pairs. Values
2334 can take on several forms. The forms that are used in this
2335 implementation are listed below. */
2340 dw_val_class_offset
,
2342 dw_val_class_loc_list
,
2343 dw_val_class_range_list
,
2345 dw_val_class_unsigned_const
,
2346 dw_val_class_long_long
,
2349 dw_val_class_die_ref
,
2350 dw_val_class_fde_ref
,
2351 dw_val_class_lbl_id
,
2352 dw_val_class_lbl_offset
,
2356 /* Describe a double word constant value. */
2357 /* ??? Every instance of long_long in the code really means CONST_DOUBLE. */
2359 typedef struct dw_long_long_struct
GTY(())
2366 /* Describe a floating point constant value. */
2368 typedef struct dw_fp_struct
GTY(())
2370 long * GTY((length ("%h.length"))) array
;
2375 /* The dw_val_node describes an attribute's value, as it is
2376 represented internally. */
2378 typedef struct dw_val_struct
GTY(())
2380 enum dw_val_class val_class
;
2381 union dw_val_struct_union
2383 rtx
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_addr"))) val_addr
;
2384 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_offset"))) val_offset
;
2385 dw_loc_list_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc_list"))) val_loc_list
;
2386 dw_loc_descr_ref
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_loc"))) val_loc
;
2387 HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((default (""))) val_int
;
2388 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_unsigned_const"))) val_unsigned
;
2389 dw_long_long_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_long_long"))) val_long_long
;
2390 dw_float_const
GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_float"))) val_float
;
2391 struct dw_val_die_union
2395 } GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_die_ref"))) val_die_ref
;
2396 unsigned GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_fde_ref"))) val_fde_index
;
2397 struct indirect_string_node
* GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_str"))) val_str
;
2398 char * GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_lbl_id"))) val_lbl_id
;
2399 unsigned char GTY ((tag ("dw_val_class_flag"))) val_flag
;
2401 GTY ((desc ("%1.val_class"))) v
;
2405 /* Locations in memory are described using a sequence of stack machine
2408 typedef struct dw_loc_descr_struct
GTY(())
2410 dw_loc_descr_ref dw_loc_next
;
2411 enum dwarf_location_atom dw_loc_opc
;
2412 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2413 dw_val_node dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2418 /* Location lists are ranges + location descriptions for that range,
2419 so you can track variables that are in different places over
2420 their entire life. */
2421 typedef struct dw_loc_list_struct
GTY(())
2423 dw_loc_list_ref dw_loc_next
;
2424 const char *begin
; /* Label for begin address of range */
2425 const char *end
; /* Label for end address of range */
2426 char *ll_symbol
; /* Label for beginning of location list.
2427 Only on head of list */
2428 const char *section
; /* Section this loclist is relative to */
2429 dw_loc_descr_ref expr
;
2432 #if defined (DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO) || defined (DWARF2_UNWIND_INFO)
2434 static const char *dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned);
2435 static dw_loc_descr_ref
new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom
,
2436 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
2437 static void add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2438 static unsigned long size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2439 static unsigned long size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2440 static void output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2441 static void output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref
);
2443 /* Convert a DWARF stack opcode into its string name. */
2446 dwarf_stack_op_name (unsigned int op
)
2451 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2452 return "DW_OP_addr";
2454 return "DW_OP_deref";
2456 return "DW_OP_const1u";
2458 return "DW_OP_const1s";
2460 return "DW_OP_const2u";
2462 return "DW_OP_const2s";
2464 return "DW_OP_const4u";
2466 return "DW_OP_const4s";
2468 return "DW_OP_const8u";
2470 return "DW_OP_const8s";
2472 return "DW_OP_constu";
2474 return "DW_OP_consts";
2478 return "DW_OP_drop";
2480 return "DW_OP_over";
2482 return "DW_OP_pick";
2484 return "DW_OP_swap";
2488 return "DW_OP_xderef";
2496 return "DW_OP_minus";
2508 return "DW_OP_plus";
2509 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2510 return "DW_OP_plus_uconst";
2516 return "DW_OP_shra";
2534 return "DW_OP_skip";
2536 return "DW_OP_lit0";
2538 return "DW_OP_lit1";
2540 return "DW_OP_lit2";
2542 return "DW_OP_lit3";
2544 return "DW_OP_lit4";
2546 return "DW_OP_lit5";
2548 return "DW_OP_lit6";
2550 return "DW_OP_lit7";
2552 return "DW_OP_lit8";
2554 return "DW_OP_lit9";
2556 return "DW_OP_lit10";
2558 return "DW_OP_lit11";
2560 return "DW_OP_lit12";
2562 return "DW_OP_lit13";
2564 return "DW_OP_lit14";
2566 return "DW_OP_lit15";
2568 return "DW_OP_lit16";
2570 return "DW_OP_lit17";
2572 return "DW_OP_lit18";
2574 return "DW_OP_lit19";
2576 return "DW_OP_lit20";
2578 return "DW_OP_lit21";
2580 return "DW_OP_lit22";
2582 return "DW_OP_lit23";
2584 return "DW_OP_lit24";
2586 return "DW_OP_lit25";
2588 return "DW_OP_lit26";
2590 return "DW_OP_lit27";
2592 return "DW_OP_lit28";
2594 return "DW_OP_lit29";
2596 return "DW_OP_lit30";
2598 return "DW_OP_lit31";
2600 return "DW_OP_reg0";
2602 return "DW_OP_reg1";
2604 return "DW_OP_reg2";
2606 return "DW_OP_reg3";
2608 return "DW_OP_reg4";
2610 return "DW_OP_reg5";
2612 return "DW_OP_reg6";
2614 return "DW_OP_reg7";
2616 return "DW_OP_reg8";
2618 return "DW_OP_reg9";
2620 return "DW_OP_reg10";
2622 return "DW_OP_reg11";
2624 return "DW_OP_reg12";
2626 return "DW_OP_reg13";
2628 return "DW_OP_reg14";
2630 return "DW_OP_reg15";
2632 return "DW_OP_reg16";
2634 return "DW_OP_reg17";
2636 return "DW_OP_reg18";
2638 return "DW_OP_reg19";
2640 return "DW_OP_reg20";
2642 return "DW_OP_reg21";
2644 return "DW_OP_reg22";
2646 return "DW_OP_reg23";
2648 return "DW_OP_reg24";
2650 return "DW_OP_reg25";
2652 return "DW_OP_reg26";
2654 return "DW_OP_reg27";
2656 return "DW_OP_reg28";
2658 return "DW_OP_reg29";
2660 return "DW_OP_reg30";
2662 return "DW_OP_reg31";
2664 return "DW_OP_breg0";
2666 return "DW_OP_breg1";
2668 return "DW_OP_breg2";
2670 return "DW_OP_breg3";
2672 return "DW_OP_breg4";
2674 return "DW_OP_breg5";
2676 return "DW_OP_breg6";
2678 return "DW_OP_breg7";
2680 return "DW_OP_breg8";
2682 return "DW_OP_breg9";
2684 return "DW_OP_breg10";
2686 return "DW_OP_breg11";
2688 return "DW_OP_breg12";
2690 return "DW_OP_breg13";
2692 return "DW_OP_breg14";
2694 return "DW_OP_breg15";
2696 return "DW_OP_breg16";
2698 return "DW_OP_breg17";
2700 return "DW_OP_breg18";
2702 return "DW_OP_breg19";
2704 return "DW_OP_breg20";
2706 return "DW_OP_breg21";
2708 return "DW_OP_breg22";
2710 return "DW_OP_breg23";
2712 return "DW_OP_breg24";
2714 return "DW_OP_breg25";
2716 return "DW_OP_breg26";
2718 return "DW_OP_breg27";
2720 return "DW_OP_breg28";
2722 return "DW_OP_breg29";
2724 return "DW_OP_breg30";
2726 return "DW_OP_breg31";
2728 return "DW_OP_regx";
2730 return "DW_OP_fbreg";
2732 return "DW_OP_bregx";
2734 return "DW_OP_piece";
2735 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2736 return "DW_OP_deref_size";
2737 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2738 return "DW_OP_xderef_size";
2741 case DW_OP_push_object_address
:
2742 return "DW_OP_push_object_address";
2744 return "DW_OP_call2";
2746 return "DW_OP_call4";
2747 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2748 return "DW_OP_call_ref";
2749 case DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
:
2750 return "DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address";
2752 return "OP_<unknown>";
2756 /* Return a pointer to a newly allocated location description. Location
2757 descriptions are simple expression terms that can be strung
2758 together to form more complicated location (address) descriptions. */
2760 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
2761 new_loc_descr (enum dwarf_location_atom op
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd1
,
2762 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT oprnd2
)
2764 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_descr_node
));
2766 descr
->dw_loc_opc
= op
;
2767 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2768 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd1
;
2769 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
2770 descr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_unsigned
= oprnd2
;
2776 /* Add a location description term to a location description expression. */
2779 add_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
2781 dw_loc_descr_ref
*d
;
2783 /* Find the end of the chain. */
2784 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
2790 /* Return the size of a location descriptor. */
2792 static unsigned long
2793 size_of_loc_descr (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2795 unsigned long size
= 1;
2797 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2800 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
2801 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2820 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2823 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2828 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2829 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2867 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2870 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2873 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
);
2876 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2877 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
);
2880 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
);
2882 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
2883 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
2892 case DW_OP_call_ref
:
2893 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
2902 /* Return the size of a series of location descriptors. */
2904 static unsigned long
2905 size_of_locs (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2909 for (size
= 0; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
2911 loc
->dw_loc_addr
= size
;
2912 size
+= size_of_loc_descr (loc
);
2918 /* Output location description stack opcode's operands (if any). */
2921 output_loc_operands (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
2923 dw_val_ref val1
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
;
2924 dw_val_ref val2
= &loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
;
2926 switch (loc
->dw_loc_opc
)
2928 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
2930 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, val1
->v
.val_addr
, NULL
);
2934 dw2_asm_output_data (2, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2938 dw2_asm_output_data (4, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2942 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
< 64)
2944 dw2_asm_output_data (8, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2951 if (val1
->val_class
== dw_val_class_loc
)
2952 offset
= val1
->v
.val_loc
->dw_loc_addr
- (loc
->dw_loc_addr
+ 3);
2956 dw2_asm_output_data (2, offset
, NULL
);
2969 /* We currently don't make any attempt to make sure these are
2970 aligned properly like we do for the main unwind info, so
2971 don't support emitting things larger than a byte if we're
2972 only doing unwinding. */
2977 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2980 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
2983 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2986 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
2988 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
2989 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3023 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3026 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3029 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3032 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3033 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (val2
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3036 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (val1
->v
.val_unsigned
, NULL
);
3038 case DW_OP_deref_size
:
3039 case DW_OP_xderef_size
:
3040 dw2_asm_output_data (1, val1
->v
.val_int
, NULL
);
3043 case INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
:
3044 #ifdef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
3045 ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL (asm_out_file
, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
3047 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
3054 /* Other codes have no operands. */
3059 /* Output a sequence of location operations. */
3062 output_loc_sequence (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
3064 for (; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
3066 /* Output the opcode. */
3067 dw2_asm_output_data (1, loc
->dw_loc_opc
,
3068 "%s", dwarf_stack_op_name (loc
->dw_loc_opc
));
3070 /* Output the operand(s) (if any). */
3071 output_loc_operands (loc
);
3075 /* This routine will generate the correct assembly data for a location
3076 description based on a cfi entry with a complex address. */
3079 output_cfa_loc (dw_cfi_ref cfi
)
3081 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
3084 /* Output the size of the block. */
3085 loc
= cfi
->dw_cfi_oprnd1
.dw_cfi_loc
;
3086 size
= size_of_locs (loc
);
3087 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (size
, NULL
);
3089 /* Now output the operations themselves. */
3090 output_loc_sequence (loc
);
3093 /* This function builds a dwarf location descriptor sequence from
3094 a dw_cfa_location. */
3096 static struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*
3097 build_cfa_loc (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
)
3099 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*head
, *tmp
;
3101 if (cfa
->indirect
== 0)
3104 if (cfa
->base_offset
)
3107 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
, 0);
3109 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, cfa
->reg
, cfa
->base_offset
);
3111 else if (cfa
->reg
<= 31)
3112 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ cfa
->reg
, 0, 0);
3114 head
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, cfa
->reg
, 0);
3116 head
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
3117 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
3118 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3119 if (cfa
->offset
!= 0)
3121 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, cfa
->offset
, 0);
3122 add_loc_descr (&head
, tmp
);
3128 /* This function fills in aa dw_cfa_location structure from a dwarf location
3129 descriptor sequence. */
3132 get_cfa_from_loc_descr (dw_cfa_location
*cfa
, struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*loc
)
3134 struct dw_loc_descr_struct
*ptr
;
3136 cfa
->base_offset
= 0;
3140 for (ptr
= loc
; ptr
!= NULL
; ptr
= ptr
->dw_loc_next
)
3142 enum dwarf_location_atom op
= ptr
->dw_loc_opc
;
3178 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_reg0
;
3181 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3215 cfa
->reg
= op
- DW_OP_breg0
;
3216 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3219 cfa
->reg
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_int
;
3220 cfa
->base_offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd2
.v
.val_int
;
3225 case DW_OP_plus_uconst
:
3226 cfa
->offset
= ptr
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_unsigned
;
3229 internal_error ("DW_LOC_OP %s not implemented\n",
3230 dwarf_stack_op_name (ptr
->dw_loc_opc
));
3234 #endif /* .debug_frame support */
3236 /* And now, the support for symbolic debugging information. */
3237 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3239 /* .debug_str support. */
3240 static int output_indirect_string (void **, void *);
3242 static void dwarf2out_init (const char *);
3243 static void dwarf2out_finish (const char *);
3244 static void dwarf2out_define (unsigned int, const char *);
3245 static void dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int, const char *);
3246 static void dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned, const char *);
3247 static void dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned);
3248 static void dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3249 static void dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned, unsigned);
3250 static bool dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree
);
3251 static void dwarf2out_global_decl (tree
);
3252 static void dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree
, tree
);
3253 static void dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree
);
3255 /* The debug hooks structure. */
3257 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
=
3263 dwarf2out_start_source_file
,
3264 dwarf2out_end_source_file
,
3265 dwarf2out_begin_block
,
3266 dwarf2out_end_block
,
3267 dwarf2out_ignore_block
,
3268 dwarf2out_source_line
,
3269 dwarf2out_begin_prologue
,
3270 debug_nothing_int_charstar
, /* end_prologue */
3271 dwarf2out_end_epilogue
,
3272 debug_nothing_tree
, /* begin_function */
3273 debug_nothing_int
, /* end_function */
3274 dwarf2out_decl
, /* function_decl */
3275 dwarf2out_global_decl
,
3276 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl
,
3277 debug_nothing_tree
, /* deferred_inline_function */
3278 /* The DWARF 2 backend tries to reduce debugging bloat by not
3279 emitting the abstract description of inline functions until
3280 something tries to reference them. */
3281 dwarf2out_abstract_function
, /* outlining_inline_function */
3282 debug_nothing_rtx
, /* label */
3283 debug_nothing_int
/* handle_pch */
3287 /* NOTE: In the comments in this file, many references are made to
3288 "Debugging Information Entries". This term is abbreviated as `DIE'
3289 throughout the remainder of this file. */
3291 /* An internal representation of the DWARF output is built, and then
3292 walked to generate the DWARF debugging info. The walk of the internal
3293 representation is done after the entire program has been compiled.
3294 The types below are used to describe the internal representation. */
3296 /* Various DIE's use offsets relative to the beginning of the
3297 .debug_info section to refer to each other. */
3299 typedef long int dw_offset
;
3301 /* Define typedefs here to avoid circular dependencies. */
3303 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
*dw_attr_ref
;
3304 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
*dw_line_info_ref
;
3305 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
*dw_separate_line_info_ref
;
3306 typedef struct pubname_struct
*pubname_ref
;
3307 typedef struct dw_ranges_struct
*dw_ranges_ref
;
3309 /* Each entry in the line_info_table maintains the file and
3310 line number associated with the label generated for that
3311 entry. The label gives the PC value associated with
3312 the line number entry. */
3314 typedef struct dw_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3316 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3317 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3321 /* Line information for functions in separate sections; each one gets its
3323 typedef struct dw_separate_line_info_struct
GTY(())
3325 unsigned long dw_file_num
;
3326 unsigned long dw_line_num
;
3327 unsigned long function
;
3329 dw_separate_line_info_entry
;
3331 /* Each DIE attribute has a field specifying the attribute kind,
3332 a link to the next attribute in the chain, and an attribute value.
3333 Attributes are typically linked below the DIE they modify. */
3335 typedef struct dw_attr_struct
GTY(())
3337 enum dwarf_attribute dw_attr
;
3338 dw_attr_ref dw_attr_next
;
3339 dw_val_node dw_attr_val
;
3343 /* The Debugging Information Entry (DIE) structure */
3345 typedef struct die_struct
GTY(())
3347 enum dwarf_tag die_tag
;
3349 dw_attr_ref die_attr
;
3350 dw_die_ref die_parent
;
3351 dw_die_ref die_child
;
3353 dw_die_ref die_definition
; /* ref from a specification to its definition */
3354 dw_offset die_offset
;
3355 unsigned long die_abbrev
;
3357 unsigned int decl_id
;
3361 /* The pubname structure */
3363 typedef struct pubname_struct
GTY(())
3370 struct dw_ranges_struct
GTY(())
3375 /* The limbo die list structure. */
3376 typedef struct limbo_die_struct
GTY(())
3380 struct limbo_die_struct
*next
;
3384 /* How to start an assembler comment. */
3385 #ifndef ASM_COMMENT_START
3386 #define ASM_COMMENT_START ";#"
3389 /* Define a macro which returns nonzero for a TYPE_DECL which was
3390 implicitly generated for a tagged type.
3392 Note that unlike the gcc front end (which generates a NULL named
3393 TYPE_DECL node for each complete tagged type, each array type, and
3394 each function type node created) the g++ front end generates a
3395 _named_ TYPE_DECL node for each tagged type node created.
3396 These TYPE_DECLs have DECL_ARTIFICIAL set, so we know not to
3397 generate a DW_TAG_typedef DIE for them. */
3399 #define TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB(decl) \
3400 (DECL_NAME (decl) == NULL_TREE \
3401 || (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl) \
3402 && is_tagged_type (TREE_TYPE (decl)) \
3403 && ((decl == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl))) \
3404 /* This is necessary for stub decls that \
3405 appear in nested inline functions. */ \
3406 || (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl) != NULL_TREE \
3407 && (decl_ultimate_origin (decl) \
3408 == TYPE_STUB_DECL (TREE_TYPE (decl)))))))
3410 /* Information concerning the compilation unit's programming
3411 language, and compiler version. */
3413 /* Fixed size portion of the DWARF compilation unit header. */
3414 #define DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE \
3415 (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 3)
3417 /* Fixed size portion of public names info. */
3418 #define DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE (2 * DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 2)
3420 /* Fixed size portion of the address range info. */
3421 #define DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE \
3422 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3423 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3424 - DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE)
3426 /* Size of padding portion in the address range info. It must be
3427 aligned to twice the pointer size. */
3428 #define DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE \
3429 (DWARF_ROUND (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4, \
3430 DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE * 2) \
3431 - (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE + DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE + 4))
3433 /* Use assembler line directives if available. */
3434 #ifndef DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
3435 #ifdef HAVE_AS_DWARF2_DEBUG_LINE
3436 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 1
3438 #define DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO 0
3442 /* Minimum line offset in a special line info. opcode.
3443 This value was chosen to give a reasonable range of values. */
3444 #define DWARF_LINE_BASE -10
3446 /* First special line opcode - leave room for the standard opcodes. */
3447 #define DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE 10
3449 /* Range of line offsets in a special line info. opcode. */
3450 #define DWARF_LINE_RANGE (254-DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE+1)
3452 /* Flag that indicates the initial value of the is_stmt_start flag.
3453 In the present implementation, we do not mark any lines as
3454 the beginning of a source statement, because that information
3455 is not made available by the GCC front-end. */
3456 #define DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START 1
3458 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3459 /* This location is used by calc_die_sizes() to keep track
3460 the offset of each DIE within the .debug_info section. */
3461 static unsigned long next_die_offset
;
3464 /* Record the root of the DIE's built for the current compilation unit. */
3465 static GTY(()) dw_die_ref comp_unit_die
;
3467 /* A list of DIEs with a NULL parent waiting to be relocated. */
3468 static GTY(()) limbo_die_node
*limbo_die_list
;
3470 /* Filenames referenced by this compilation unit. */
3471 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table
;
3472 static GTY(()) varray_type file_table_emitted
;
3473 static GTY(()) size_t file_table_last_lookup_index
;
3475 /* A hash table of references to DIE's that describe declarations.
3476 The key is a DECL_UID() which is a unique number identifying each decl. */
3477 static GTY ((param_is (struct die_struct
))) htab_t decl_die_table
;
3479 /* A pointer to the base of a list of references to DIE's that
3480 are uniquely identified by their tag, presence/absence of
3481 children DIE's, and list of attribute/value pairs. */
3482 static GTY((length ("abbrev_die_table_allocated")))
3483 dw_die_ref
*abbrev_die_table
;
3485 /* Number of elements currently allocated for abbrev_die_table. */
3486 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_allocated
;
3488 /* Number of elements in type_die_table currently in use. */
3489 static GTY(()) unsigned abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
3491 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3492 abbrev_die_table. */
3493 #define ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT 256
3495 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3496 for each source code line in .text in the compilation unit. */
3497 static GTY((length ("line_info_table_allocated")))
3498 dw_line_info_ref line_info_table
;
3500 /* Number of elements currently allocated for line_info_table. */
3501 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_allocated
;
3503 /* Number of elements in line_info_table currently in use. */
3504 static GTY(()) unsigned line_info_table_in_use
;
3506 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains line information
3507 for each source code line outside of .text in the compilation unit. */
3508 static GTY ((length ("separate_line_info_table_allocated")))
3509 dw_separate_line_info_ref separate_line_info_table
;
3511 /* Number of elements currently allocated for separate_line_info_table. */
3512 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_allocated
;
3514 /* Number of elements in separate_line_info_table currently in use. */
3515 static GTY(()) unsigned separate_line_info_table_in_use
;
3517 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3519 #define LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT 1024
3521 /* A pointer to the base of a table that contains a list of publicly
3522 accessible names. */
3523 static GTY ((length ("pubname_table_allocated"))) pubname_ref pubname_table
;
3525 /* Number of elements currently allocated for pubname_table. */
3526 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_allocated
;
3528 /* Number of elements in pubname_table currently in use. */
3529 static GTY(()) unsigned pubname_table_in_use
;
3531 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3533 #define PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3535 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_arange info. */
3536 static GTY((length ("arange_table_allocated"))) dw_die_ref
*arange_table
;
3538 /* Number of elements currently allocated for arange_table. */
3539 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_allocated
;
3541 /* Number of elements in arange_table currently in use. */
3542 static GTY(()) unsigned arange_table_in_use
;
3544 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3546 #define ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3548 /* Array of dies for which we should generate .debug_ranges info. */
3549 static GTY ((length ("ranges_table_allocated"))) dw_ranges_ref ranges_table
;
3551 /* Number of elements currently allocated for ranges_table. */
3552 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_allocated
;
3554 /* Number of elements in ranges_table currently in use. */
3555 static GTY(()) unsigned ranges_table_in_use
;
3557 /* Size (in elements) of increments by which we may expand the
3559 #define RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT 64
3561 /* Whether we have location lists that need outputting */
3562 static GTY(()) unsigned have_location_lists
;
3564 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3565 /* Record whether the function being analyzed contains inlined functions. */
3566 static int current_function_has_inlines
;
3568 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
3569 static int comp_unit_has_inlines
;
3572 /* Number of file tables emitted in maybe_emit_file(). */
3573 static GTY(()) int emitcount
= 0;
3575 /* Number of internal labels generated by gen_internal_sym(). */
3576 static GTY(()) int label_num
;
3578 #ifdef DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO
3580 /* Forward declarations for functions defined in this file. */
3582 static int is_pseudo_reg (rtx
);
3583 static tree
type_main_variant (tree
);
3584 static int is_tagged_type (tree
);
3585 static const char *dwarf_tag_name (unsigned);
3586 static const char *dwarf_attr_name (unsigned);
3587 static const char *dwarf_form_name (unsigned);
3589 static const char *dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned);
3591 static tree
decl_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3592 static tree
block_ultimate_origin (tree
);
3593 static tree
decl_class_context (tree
);
3594 static void add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref
, dw_attr_ref
);
3595 static inline enum dw_val_class
AT_class (dw_attr_ref
);
3596 static void add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3597 static inline unsigned AT_flag (dw_attr_ref
);
3598 static void add_AT_int (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3599 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_int (dw_attr_ref
);
3600 static void add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3601 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref
);
3602 static void add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned long,
3604 static void add_AT_float (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned, long *);
3605 static hashval_t
debug_str_do_hash (const void *);
3606 static int debug_str_eq (const void *, const void *);
3607 static void add_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3608 static inline const char *AT_string (dw_attr_ref
);
3609 static int AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref
);
3610 static void add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_die_ref
);
3611 static void add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3612 static inline dw_die_ref
AT_ref (dw_attr_ref
);
3613 static inline int AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
);
3614 static inline void set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref
, int);
3615 static void add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, unsigned);
3616 static void add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, dw_loc_descr_ref
);
3617 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
AT_loc (dw_attr_ref
);
3618 static void add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3620 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref
);
3621 static void add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, rtx
);
3622 static inline rtx
AT_addr (dw_attr_ref
);
3623 static void add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3624 static void add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, const char *);
3625 static void add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3626 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3627 static void add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3629 static inline const char *AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref
);
3630 static dw_attr_ref
get_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3631 static const char *get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3632 static const char *get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref
);
3633 static const char *get_AT_string (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3634 static int get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3635 static unsigned get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3636 static inline dw_die_ref
get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3637 static bool is_c_family (void);
3638 static bool is_cxx (void);
3639 static bool is_java (void);
3640 static bool is_fortran (void);
3641 static bool is_ada (void);
3642 static void remove_AT (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
);
3643 static void remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_tag
);
3644 static inline void free_die (dw_die_ref
);
3645 static void remove_children (dw_die_ref
);
3646 static void add_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3647 static dw_die_ref
new_die (enum dwarf_tag
, dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3648 static dw_die_ref
lookup_type_die (tree
);
3649 static void equate_type_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3650 static hashval_t
decl_die_table_hash (const void *);
3651 static int decl_die_table_eq (const void *, const void *);
3652 static dw_die_ref
lookup_decl_die (tree
);
3653 static void equate_decl_number_to_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3654 static void print_spaces (FILE *);
3655 static void print_die (dw_die_ref
, FILE *);
3656 static void print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *);
3657 static void reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3658 static void reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3659 static dw_die_ref
push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3660 static dw_die_ref
pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref
);
3661 static void loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*);
3662 static void attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3663 static void die_checksum (dw_die_ref
, struct md5_ctx
*, int *);
3664 static int same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref
, dw_loc_descr_ref
, int *);
3665 static int same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*, dw_val_node
*, int *);
3666 static int same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref
, dw_attr_ref
, int *);
3667 static int same_die_p (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
, int *);
3668 static int same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3669 static void compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref
);
3670 static int is_type_die (dw_die_ref
);
3671 static int is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref
);
3672 static int is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref
);
3673 static void assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref
);
3674 static void break_out_includes (dw_die_ref
);
3675 static hashval_t
htab_cu_hash (const void *);
3676 static int htab_cu_eq (const void *, const void *);
3677 static void htab_cu_del (void *);
3678 static int check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned *);
3679 static void record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref
, htab_t
, unsigned);
3680 static void add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref
);
3681 static void build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref
);
3682 static void output_location_lists (dw_die_ref
);
3683 static int constant_size (long unsigned);
3684 static unsigned long size_of_die (dw_die_ref
);
3685 static void calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref
);
3686 static void mark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3687 static void unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3688 static void unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3689 static unsigned long size_of_pubnames (void);
3690 static unsigned long size_of_aranges (void);
3691 static enum dwarf_form
value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3692 static void output_value_format (dw_attr_ref
);
3693 static void output_abbrev_section (void);
3694 static void output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref
);
3695 static void output_die (dw_die_ref
);
3696 static void output_compilation_unit_header (void);
3697 static void output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref
, int);
3698 static const char *dwarf2_name (tree
, int);
3699 static void add_pubname (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3700 static void output_pubnames (void);
3701 static void add_arange (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3702 static void output_aranges (void);
3703 static unsigned int add_ranges (tree
);
3704 static void output_ranges (void);
3705 static void output_line_info (void);
3706 static void output_file_names (void);
3707 static dw_die_ref
base_type_die (tree
);
3708 static tree
root_type (tree
);
3709 static int is_base_type (tree
);
3710 static bool is_subrange_type (tree
);
3711 static dw_die_ref
subrange_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3712 static dw_die_ref
modified_type_die (tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3713 static int type_is_enum (tree
);
3714 static unsigned int reg_number (rtx
);
3715 static dw_loc_descr_ref
reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3716 static dw_loc_descr_ref
one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int);
3717 static dw_loc_descr_ref
multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3718 static dw_loc_descr_ref
int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3719 static dw_loc_descr_ref
based_loc_descr (unsigned, HOST_WIDE_INT
);
3720 static int is_based_loc (rtx
);
3721 static dw_loc_descr_ref
mem_loc_descriptor (rtx
, enum machine_mode mode
);
3722 static dw_loc_descr_ref
concat_loc_descriptor (rtx
, rtx
);
3723 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor (rtx
);
3724 static dw_loc_descr_ref
loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree
, int);
3725 static HOST_WIDE_INT
ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT
, unsigned int);
3726 static tree
field_type (tree
);
3727 static unsigned int simple_type_align_in_bits (tree
);
3728 static unsigned int simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree
);
3729 static unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
simple_type_size_in_bits (tree
);
3730 static HOST_WIDE_INT
field_byte_offset (tree
);
3731 static void add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
,
3733 static void add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3734 static void add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, rtx
);
3735 static rtx
rtl_for_decl_location (tree
);
3736 static void add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3737 static void tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3738 static void add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref
, const char *);
3739 static void add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref
);
3740 static void add_bound_info (dw_die_ref
, enum dwarf_attribute
, tree
);
3741 static void add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3742 static void add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3743 static void add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3744 static void add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3745 static void add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3746 static void add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3747 static void add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3748 static void add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3749 static void add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref
, tree
);
3750 static void push_decl_scope (tree
);
3751 static void pop_decl_scope (void);
3752 static dw_die_ref
scope_die_for (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3753 static inline int local_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3754 static inline int class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref
);
3755 static void add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref
, tree
, int, int, dw_die_ref
);
3756 static const char *type_tag (tree
);
3757 static tree
member_declared_type (tree
);
3759 static const char *decl_start_label (tree
);
3761 static void gen_array_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3762 static void gen_set_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3764 static void gen_entry_point_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3766 static void gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3767 static void gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3768 static void gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3769 static dw_die_ref
gen_enumeration_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3770 static dw_die_ref
gen_formal_parameter_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3771 static void gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3772 static void gen_formal_types_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3773 static void gen_subprogram_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3774 static void gen_variable_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3775 static void gen_label_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3776 static void gen_lexical_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3777 static void gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3778 static void gen_field_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3779 static void gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3780 static dw_die_ref
gen_compile_unit_die (const char *);
3781 static void gen_string_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3782 static void gen_inheritance_die (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3783 static void gen_member_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3784 static void gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3785 static void gen_subroutine_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3786 static void gen_typedef_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3787 static void gen_type_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3788 static void gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3789 static void gen_block_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3790 static void decls_for_scope (tree
, dw_die_ref
, int);
3791 static int is_redundant_typedef (tree
);
3792 static void gen_namespace_die (tree
);
3793 static void gen_decl_die (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3794 static dw_die_ref
force_decl_die (tree
);
3795 static dw_die_ref
force_type_die (tree
);
3796 static dw_die_ref
setup_namespace_context (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3797 static void declare_in_namespace (tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3798 static unsigned lookup_filename (const char *);
3799 static void init_file_table (void);
3800 static void retry_incomplete_types (void);
3801 static void gen_type_die_for_member (tree
, tree
, dw_die_ref
);
3802 static void splice_child_die (dw_die_ref
, dw_die_ref
);
3803 static int file_info_cmp (const void *, const void *);
3804 static dw_loc_list_ref
new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref
, const char *,
3805 const char *, const char *, unsigned);
3806 static void add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*, dw_loc_descr_ref
,
3807 const char *, const char *,
3809 static void output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
);
3810 static char *gen_internal_sym (const char *);
3812 static void prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref
);
3813 static void prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref
, int);
3814 static void prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref
);
3815 static void prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref
);
3816 static void prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref
);
3817 static void prune_unused_types (void);
3818 static int maybe_emit_file (int);
3820 /* Section names used to hold DWARF debugging information. */
3821 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
3822 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION ".debug_info"
3824 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
3825 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION ".debug_abbrev"
3827 #ifndef DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
3828 #define DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION ".debug_aranges"
3830 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
3831 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION ".debug_macinfo"
3833 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
3834 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION ".debug_line"
3836 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
3837 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION ".debug_loc"
3839 #ifndef DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
3840 #define DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION ".debug_pubnames"
3842 #ifndef DEBUG_STR_SECTION
3843 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION ".debug_str"
3845 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
3846 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION ".debug_ranges"
3849 /* Standard ELF section names for compiled code and data. */
3850 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_NAME
3851 #define TEXT_SECTION_NAME ".text"
3854 /* Section flags for .debug_str section. */
3855 #define DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS \
3856 (HAVE_GAS_SHF_MERGE && flag_merge_constants \
3857 ? SECTION_DEBUG | SECTION_MERGE | SECTION_STRINGS | 1 \
3860 /* Labels we insert at beginning sections we can reference instead of
3861 the section names themselves. */
3863 #ifndef TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
3864 #define TEXT_SECTION_LABEL "Ltext"
3866 #ifndef DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
3867 #define DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_line"
3869 #ifndef DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
3870 #define DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_info"
3872 #ifndef DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
3873 #define DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_abbrev"
3875 #ifndef DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
3876 #define DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_loc"
3878 #ifndef DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
3879 #define DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_ranges"
3881 #ifndef DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
3882 #define DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL "Ldebug_macinfo"
3885 /* Definitions of defaults for formats and names of various special
3886 (artificial) labels which may be generated within this file (when the -g
3887 options is used and DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO is in effect.
3888 If necessary, these may be overridden from within the tm.h file, but
3889 typically, overriding these defaults is unnecessary. */
3891 static char text_end_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3892 static char text_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3893 static char abbrev_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3894 static char debug_info_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3895 static char debug_line_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3896 static char macinfo_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3897 static char loc_section_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3898 static char ranges_section_label
[2 * MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
3900 #ifndef TEXT_END_LABEL
3901 #define TEXT_END_LABEL "Letext"
3903 #ifndef BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
3904 #define BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL "LBB"
3906 #ifndef BLOCK_END_LABEL
3907 #define BLOCK_END_LABEL "LBE"
3909 #ifndef LINE_CODE_LABEL
3910 #define LINE_CODE_LABEL "LM"
3912 #ifndef SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
3913 #define SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL "LSM"
3916 /* We allow a language front-end to designate a function that is to be
3917 called to "demangle" any name before it it put into a DIE. */
3919 static const char *(*demangle_name_func
) (const char *);
3922 dwarf2out_set_demangle_name_func (const char *(*func
) (const char *))
3924 demangle_name_func
= func
;
3927 /* Test if rtl node points to a pseudo register. */
3930 is_pseudo_reg (rtx rtl
)
3932 return ((GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
&& REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
3933 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SUBREG
3934 && REGNO (SUBREG_REG (rtl
)) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
));
3937 /* Return a reference to a type, with its const and volatile qualifiers
3941 type_main_variant (tree type
)
3943 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3945 /* ??? There really should be only one main variant among any group of
3946 variants of a given type (and all of the MAIN_VARIANT values for all
3947 members of the group should point to that one type) but sometimes the C
3948 front-end messes this up for array types, so we work around that bug
3950 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
3951 while (type
!= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
))
3952 type
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT (type
);
3957 /* Return nonzero if the given type node represents a tagged type. */
3960 is_tagged_type (tree type
)
3962 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
3964 return (code
== RECORD_TYPE
|| code
== UNION_TYPE
3965 || code
== QUAL_UNION_TYPE
|| code
== ENUMERAL_TYPE
);
3968 /* Convert a DIE tag into its string name. */
3971 dwarf_tag_name (unsigned int tag
)
3975 case DW_TAG_padding
:
3976 return "DW_TAG_padding";
3977 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
3978 return "DW_TAG_array_type";
3979 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
3980 return "DW_TAG_class_type";
3981 case DW_TAG_entry_point
:
3982 return "DW_TAG_entry_point";
3983 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
3984 return "DW_TAG_enumeration_type";
3985 case DW_TAG_formal_parameter
:
3986 return "DW_TAG_formal_parameter";
3987 case DW_TAG_imported_declaration
:
3988 return "DW_TAG_imported_declaration";
3990 return "DW_TAG_label";
3991 case DW_TAG_lexical_block
:
3992 return "DW_TAG_lexical_block";
3994 return "DW_TAG_member";
3995 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
3996 return "DW_TAG_pointer_type";
3997 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
3998 return "DW_TAG_reference_type";
3999 case DW_TAG_compile_unit
:
4000 return "DW_TAG_compile_unit";
4001 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
4002 return "DW_TAG_string_type";
4003 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
4004 return "DW_TAG_structure_type";
4005 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
4006 return "DW_TAG_subroutine_type";
4007 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
4008 return "DW_TAG_typedef";
4009 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
4010 return "DW_TAG_union_type";
4011 case DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
:
4012 return "DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters";
4013 case DW_TAG_variant
:
4014 return "DW_TAG_variant";
4015 case DW_TAG_common_block
:
4016 return "DW_TAG_common_block";
4017 case DW_TAG_common_inclusion
:
4018 return "DW_TAG_common_inclusion";
4019 case DW_TAG_inheritance
:
4020 return "DW_TAG_inheritance";
4021 case DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
:
4022 return "DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine";
4024 return "DW_TAG_module";
4025 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
4026 return "DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type";
4027 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
4028 return "DW_TAG_set_type";
4029 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
4030 return "DW_TAG_subrange_type";
4031 case DW_TAG_with_stmt
:
4032 return "DW_TAG_with_stmt";
4033 case DW_TAG_access_declaration
:
4034 return "DW_TAG_access_declaration";
4035 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
4036 return "DW_TAG_base_type";
4037 case DW_TAG_catch_block
:
4038 return "DW_TAG_catch_block";
4039 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
4040 return "DW_TAG_const_type";
4041 case DW_TAG_constant
:
4042 return "DW_TAG_constant";
4043 case DW_TAG_enumerator
:
4044 return "DW_TAG_enumerator";
4045 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
4046 return "DW_TAG_file_type";
4048 return "DW_TAG_friend";
4049 case DW_TAG_namelist
:
4050 return "DW_TAG_namelist";
4051 case DW_TAG_namelist_item
:
4052 return "DW_TAG_namelist_item";
4053 case DW_TAG_namespace
:
4054 return "DW_TAG_namespace";
4055 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
4056 return "DW_TAG_packed_type";
4057 case DW_TAG_subprogram
:
4058 return "DW_TAG_subprogram";
4059 case DW_TAG_template_type_param
:
4060 return "DW_TAG_template_type_param";
4061 case DW_TAG_template_value_param
:
4062 return "DW_TAG_template_value_param";
4063 case DW_TAG_thrown_type
:
4064 return "DW_TAG_thrown_type";
4065 case DW_TAG_try_block
:
4066 return "DW_TAG_try_block";
4067 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
4068 return "DW_TAG_variant_part";
4069 case DW_TAG_variable
:
4070 return "DW_TAG_variable";
4071 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
4072 return "DW_TAG_volatile_type";
4073 case DW_TAG_imported_module
:
4074 return "DW_TAG_imported_module";
4075 case DW_TAG_MIPS_loop
:
4076 return "DW_TAG_MIPS_loop";
4077 case DW_TAG_format_label
:
4078 return "DW_TAG_format_label";
4079 case DW_TAG_function_template
:
4080 return "DW_TAG_function_template";
4081 case DW_TAG_class_template
:
4082 return "DW_TAG_class_template";
4083 case DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
:
4084 return "DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL";
4085 case DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
:
4086 return "DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL";
4088 return "DW_TAG_<unknown>";
4092 /* Convert a DWARF attribute code into its string name. */
4095 dwarf_attr_name (unsigned int attr
)
4100 return "DW_AT_sibling";
4101 case DW_AT_location
:
4102 return "DW_AT_location";
4104 return "DW_AT_name";
4105 case DW_AT_ordering
:
4106 return "DW_AT_ordering";
4107 case DW_AT_subscr_data
:
4108 return "DW_AT_subscr_data";
4109 case DW_AT_byte_size
:
4110 return "DW_AT_byte_size";
4111 case DW_AT_bit_offset
:
4112 return "DW_AT_bit_offset";
4113 case DW_AT_bit_size
:
4114 return "DW_AT_bit_size";
4115 case DW_AT_element_list
:
4116 return "DW_AT_element_list";
4117 case DW_AT_stmt_list
:
4118 return "DW_AT_stmt_list";
4120 return "DW_AT_low_pc";
4122 return "DW_AT_high_pc";
4123 case DW_AT_language
:
4124 return "DW_AT_language";
4126 return "DW_AT_member";
4128 return "DW_AT_discr";
4129 case DW_AT_discr_value
:
4130 return "DW_AT_discr_value";
4131 case DW_AT_visibility
:
4132 return "DW_AT_visibility";
4134 return "DW_AT_import";
4135 case DW_AT_string_length
:
4136 return "DW_AT_string_length";
4137 case DW_AT_common_reference
:
4138 return "DW_AT_common_reference";
4139 case DW_AT_comp_dir
:
4140 return "DW_AT_comp_dir";
4141 case DW_AT_const_value
:
4142 return "DW_AT_const_value";
4143 case DW_AT_containing_type
:
4144 return "DW_AT_containing_type";
4145 case DW_AT_default_value
:
4146 return "DW_AT_default_value";
4148 return "DW_AT_inline";
4149 case DW_AT_is_optional
:
4150 return "DW_AT_is_optional";
4151 case DW_AT_lower_bound
:
4152 return "DW_AT_lower_bound";
4153 case DW_AT_producer
:
4154 return "DW_AT_producer";
4155 case DW_AT_prototyped
:
4156 return "DW_AT_prototyped";
4157 case DW_AT_return_addr
:
4158 return "DW_AT_return_addr";
4159 case DW_AT_start_scope
:
4160 return "DW_AT_start_scope";
4161 case DW_AT_stride_size
:
4162 return "DW_AT_stride_size";
4163 case DW_AT_upper_bound
:
4164 return "DW_AT_upper_bound";
4165 case DW_AT_abstract_origin
:
4166 return "DW_AT_abstract_origin";
4167 case DW_AT_accessibility
:
4168 return "DW_AT_accessibility";
4169 case DW_AT_address_class
:
4170 return "DW_AT_address_class";
4171 case DW_AT_artificial
:
4172 return "DW_AT_artificial";
4173 case DW_AT_base_types
:
4174 return "DW_AT_base_types";
4175 case DW_AT_calling_convention
:
4176 return "DW_AT_calling_convention";
4178 return "DW_AT_count";
4179 case DW_AT_data_member_location
:
4180 return "DW_AT_data_member_location";
4181 case DW_AT_decl_column
:
4182 return "DW_AT_decl_column";
4183 case DW_AT_decl_file
:
4184 return "DW_AT_decl_file";
4185 case DW_AT_decl_line
:
4186 return "DW_AT_decl_line";
4187 case DW_AT_declaration
:
4188 return "DW_AT_declaration";
4189 case DW_AT_discr_list
:
4190 return "DW_AT_discr_list";
4191 case DW_AT_encoding
:
4192 return "DW_AT_encoding";
4193 case DW_AT_external
:
4194 return "DW_AT_external";
4195 case DW_AT_frame_base
:
4196 return "DW_AT_frame_base";
4198 return "DW_AT_friend";
4199 case DW_AT_identifier_case
:
4200 return "DW_AT_identifier_case";
4201 case DW_AT_macro_info
:
4202 return "DW_AT_macro_info";
4203 case DW_AT_namelist_items
:
4204 return "DW_AT_namelist_items";
4205 case DW_AT_priority
:
4206 return "DW_AT_priority";
4208 return "DW_AT_segment";
4209 case DW_AT_specification
:
4210 return "DW_AT_specification";
4211 case DW_AT_static_link
:
4212 return "DW_AT_static_link";
4214 return "DW_AT_type";
4215 case DW_AT_use_location
:
4216 return "DW_AT_use_location";
4217 case DW_AT_variable_parameter
:
4218 return "DW_AT_variable_parameter";
4219 case DW_AT_virtuality
:
4220 return "DW_AT_virtuality";
4221 case DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
:
4222 return "DW_AT_vtable_elem_location";
4224 case DW_AT_allocated
:
4225 return "DW_AT_allocated";
4226 case DW_AT_associated
:
4227 return "DW_AT_associated";
4228 case DW_AT_data_location
:
4229 return "DW_AT_data_location";
4231 return "DW_AT_stride";
4232 case DW_AT_entry_pc
:
4233 return "DW_AT_entry_pc";
4234 case DW_AT_use_UTF8
:
4235 return "DW_AT_use_UTF8";
4236 case DW_AT_extension
:
4237 return "DW_AT_extension";
4239 return "DW_AT_ranges";
4240 case DW_AT_trampoline
:
4241 return "DW_AT_trampoline";
4242 case DW_AT_call_column
:
4243 return "DW_AT_call_column";
4244 case DW_AT_call_file
:
4245 return "DW_AT_call_file";
4246 case DW_AT_call_line
:
4247 return "DW_AT_call_line";
4249 case DW_AT_MIPS_fde
:
4250 return "DW_AT_MIPS_fde";
4251 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin
:
4252 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_begin";
4253 case DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin
:
4254 return "DW_AT_MIPS_tail_loop_begin";
4255 case DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin
:
4256 return "DW_AT_MIPS_epilog_begin";
4257 case DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor
:
4258 return "DW_AT_MIPS_loop_unroll_factor";
4259 case DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth
:
4260 return "DW_AT_MIPS_software_pipeline_depth";
4261 case DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
:
4262 return "DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name";
4263 case DW_AT_MIPS_stride
:
4264 return "DW_AT_MIPS_stride";
4265 case DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name
:
4266 return "DW_AT_MIPS_abstract_name";
4267 case DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin
:
4268 return "DW_AT_MIPS_clone_origin";
4269 case DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
:
4270 return "DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines";
4272 case DW_AT_sf_names
:
4273 return "DW_AT_sf_names";
4274 case DW_AT_src_info
:
4275 return "DW_AT_src_info";
4276 case DW_AT_mac_info
:
4277 return "DW_AT_mac_info";
4278 case DW_AT_src_coords
:
4279 return "DW_AT_src_coords";
4280 case DW_AT_body_begin
:
4281 return "DW_AT_body_begin";
4282 case DW_AT_body_end
:
4283 return "DW_AT_body_end";
4284 case DW_AT_GNU_vector
:
4285 return "DW_AT_GNU_vector";
4287 case DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
:
4288 return "DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address";
4291 return "DW_AT_<unknown>";
4295 /* Convert a DWARF value form code into its string name. */
4298 dwarf_form_name (unsigned int form
)
4303 return "DW_FORM_addr";
4304 case DW_FORM_block2
:
4305 return "DW_FORM_block2";
4306 case DW_FORM_block4
:
4307 return "DW_FORM_block4";
4309 return "DW_FORM_data2";
4311 return "DW_FORM_data4";
4313 return "DW_FORM_data8";
4314 case DW_FORM_string
:
4315 return "DW_FORM_string";
4317 return "DW_FORM_block";
4318 case DW_FORM_block1
:
4319 return "DW_FORM_block1";
4321 return "DW_FORM_data1";
4323 return "DW_FORM_flag";
4325 return "DW_FORM_sdata";
4327 return "DW_FORM_strp";
4329 return "DW_FORM_udata";
4330 case DW_FORM_ref_addr
:
4331 return "DW_FORM_ref_addr";
4333 return "DW_FORM_ref1";
4335 return "DW_FORM_ref2";
4337 return "DW_FORM_ref4";
4339 return "DW_FORM_ref8";
4340 case DW_FORM_ref_udata
:
4341 return "DW_FORM_ref_udata";
4342 case DW_FORM_indirect
:
4343 return "DW_FORM_indirect";
4345 return "DW_FORM_<unknown>";
4349 /* Convert a DWARF type code into its string name. */
4353 dwarf_type_encoding_name (unsigned enc
)
4357 case DW_ATE_address
:
4358 return "DW_ATE_address";
4359 case DW_ATE_boolean
:
4360 return "DW_ATE_boolean";
4361 case DW_ATE_complex_float
:
4362 return "DW_ATE_complex_float";
4364 return "DW_ATE_float";
4366 return "DW_ATE_signed";
4367 case DW_ATE_signed_char
:
4368 return "DW_ATE_signed_char";
4369 case DW_ATE_unsigned
:
4370 return "DW_ATE_unsigned";
4371 case DW_ATE_unsigned_char
:
4372 return "DW_ATE_unsigned_char";
4374 return "DW_ATE_<unknown>";
4379 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a decl. The decl may be an inlined
4380 instance of an inlined instance of a decl which is local to an inline
4381 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4382 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4386 decl_ultimate_origin (tree decl
)
4388 /* output_inline_function sets DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4389 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4390 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4391 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) && DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == decl
)
4394 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
4395 if (DECL_FROM_INLINE (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
)))
4396 /* Since the DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for a DECL is supposed to be the
4397 most distant ancestor, this should never happen. */
4401 return DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
);
4404 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of a block. The block may be an inlined
4405 instance of an inlined instance of a block which is local to an inline
4406 function, so we have to trace all of the way back through the origin chain
4407 to find out what sort of node actually served as the original seed for the
4411 block_ultimate_origin (tree block
)
4413 tree immediate_origin
= BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (block
);
4415 /* output_inline_function sets BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN for all the
4416 nodes in the function to point to themselves; ignore that if
4417 we're trying to output the abstract instance of this function. */
4418 if (BLOCK_ABSTRACT (block
) && immediate_origin
== block
)
4421 if (immediate_origin
== NULL_TREE
)
4426 tree lookahead
= immediate_origin
;
4430 ret_val
= lookahead
;
4431 lookahead
= (TREE_CODE (ret_val
) == BLOCK
4432 ? BLOCK_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (ret_val
) : NULL
);
4434 while (lookahead
!= NULL
&& lookahead
!= ret_val
);
4440 /* Get the class to which DECL belongs, if any. In g++, the DECL_CONTEXT
4441 of a virtual function may refer to a base class, so we check the 'this'
4445 decl_class_context (tree decl
)
4447 tree context
= NULL_TREE
;
4449 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| ! DECL_VINDEX (decl
))
4450 context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
4452 context
= TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT
4453 (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))));
4455 if (context
&& !TYPE_P (context
))
4456 context
= NULL_TREE
;
4461 /* Add an attribute/value pair to a DIE. We build the lists up in reverse
4462 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
4465 add_dwarf_attr (dw_die_ref die
, dw_attr_ref attr
)
4467 if (die
!= NULL
&& attr
!= NULL
)
4469 attr
->dw_attr_next
= die
->die_attr
;
4470 die
->die_attr
= attr
;
4474 static inline enum dw_val_class
4475 AT_class (dw_attr_ref a
)
4477 return a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
;
4480 /* Add a flag value attribute to a DIE. */
4483 add_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int flag
)
4485 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4487 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4488 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4489 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_flag
;
4490 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
= flag
;
4491 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4494 static inline unsigned
4495 AT_flag (dw_attr_ref a
)
4497 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_flag
)
4498 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
;
4503 /* Add a signed integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4506 add_AT_int (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, HOST_WIDE_INT int_val
)
4508 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4510 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4511 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4512 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_const
;
4513 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
= int_val
;
4514 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4517 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
4518 AT_int (dw_attr_ref a
)
4520 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_const
)
4521 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
;
4526 /* Add an unsigned integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4529 add_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4530 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT unsigned_val
)
4532 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4534 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4535 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4536 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_unsigned_const
;
4537 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
= unsigned_val
;
4538 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4541 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
4542 AT_unsigned (dw_attr_ref a
)
4544 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_unsigned_const
)
4545 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
;
4550 /* Add an unsigned double integer attribute value to a DIE. */
4553 add_AT_long_long (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4554 long unsigned int val_hi
, long unsigned int val_low
)
4556 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4558 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4559 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4560 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_long_long
;
4561 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
= val_hi
;
4562 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
= val_low
;
4563 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4566 /* Add a floating point attribute value to a DIE and return it. */
4569 add_AT_float (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4570 unsigned int length
, long int *array
)
4572 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4574 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4575 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4576 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_float
;
4577 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
= length
;
4578 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
= array
;
4579 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4582 /* Hash and equality functions for debug_str_hash. */
4585 debug_str_do_hash (const void *x
)
4587 return htab_hash_string (((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x
)->str
);
4591 debug_str_eq (const void *x1
, const void *x2
)
4593 return strcmp ((((const struct indirect_string_node
*)x1
)->str
),
4594 (const char *)x2
) == 0;
4597 /* Add a string attribute value to a DIE. */
4600 add_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *str
)
4602 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4603 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4606 if (! debug_str_hash
)
4607 debug_str_hash
= htab_create_ggc (10, debug_str_do_hash
,
4608 debug_str_eq
, NULL
);
4610 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (debug_str_hash
, str
,
4611 htab_hash_string (str
), INSERT
);
4613 *slot
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (struct indirect_string_node
));
4614 node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *slot
;
4615 node
->str
= ggc_strdup (str
);
4618 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4619 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4620 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_str
;
4621 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
= node
;
4622 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4625 static inline const char *
4626 AT_string (dw_attr_ref a
)
4628 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4629 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
;
4634 /* Find out whether a string should be output inline in DIE
4635 or out-of-line in .debug_str section. */
4638 AT_string_form (dw_attr_ref a
)
4640 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
4642 struct indirect_string_node
*node
;
4646 node
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
;
4650 len
= strlen (node
->str
) + 1;
4652 /* If the string is shorter or equal to the size of the reference, it is
4653 always better to put it inline. */
4654 if (len
<= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
|| node
->refcount
== 0)
4655 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4657 /* If we cannot expect the linker to merge strings in .debug_str
4658 section, only put it into .debug_str if it is worth even in this
4660 if ((DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
& SECTION_MERGE
) == 0
4661 && (len
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
) * node
->refcount
<= len
)
4662 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_string
;
4664 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "LASF", dw2_string_counter
);
4665 ++dw2_string_counter
;
4666 node
->label
= xstrdup (label
);
4668 return node
->form
= DW_FORM_strp
;
4674 /* Add a DIE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4677 add_AT_die_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4679 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4681 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4682 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4683 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_die_ref
;
4684 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
= targ_die
;
4685 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= 0;
4686 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4689 /* Add an AT_specification attribute to a DIE, and also make the back
4690 pointer from the specification to the definition. */
4693 add_AT_specification (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref targ_die
)
4695 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_specification
, targ_die
);
4696 if (targ_die
->die_definition
)
4698 targ_die
->die_definition
= die
;
4701 static inline dw_die_ref
4702 AT_ref (dw_attr_ref a
)
4704 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4705 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
;
4711 AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
)
4713 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4714 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
;
4720 set_AT_ref_external (dw_attr_ref a
, int i
)
4722 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
4723 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.external
= i
;
4728 /* Add an FDE reference attribute value to a DIE. */
4731 add_AT_fde_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, unsigned int targ_fde
)
4733 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4735 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4736 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4737 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_fde_ref
;
4738 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
= targ_fde
;
4739 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4742 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE. */
4745 add_AT_loc (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc
)
4747 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4749 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4750 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4751 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
4752 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
= loc
;
4753 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4756 static inline dw_loc_descr_ref
4757 AT_loc (dw_attr_ref a
)
4759 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc
)
4760 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc
;
4766 add_AT_loc_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, dw_loc_list_ref loc_list
)
4768 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4770 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4771 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4772 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc_list
;
4773 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
= loc_list
;
4774 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4775 have_location_lists
= 1;
4778 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
4779 AT_loc_list (dw_attr_ref a
)
4781 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
4782 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_loc_list
;
4787 /* Add an address constant attribute value to a DIE. */
4790 add_AT_addr (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, rtx addr
)
4792 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4794 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4795 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4796 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
4797 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
= addr
;
4798 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4802 AT_addr (dw_attr_ref a
)
4804 if (a
&& AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_addr
)
4805 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_addr
;
4810 /* Add a label identifier attribute value to a DIE. */
4813 add_AT_lbl_id (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *lbl_id
)
4815 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4817 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4818 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4819 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_id
;
4820 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (lbl_id
);
4821 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4824 /* Add a section offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4827 add_AT_lbl_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
, const char *label
)
4829 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4831 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4832 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4833 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_lbl_offset
;
4834 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
= xstrdup (label
);
4835 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4838 /* Add an offset attribute value to a DIE. */
4841 add_AT_offset (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4842 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
4844 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4846 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4847 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4848 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_offset
;
4849 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4850 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4853 /* Add an range_list attribute value to a DIE. */
4856 add_AT_range_list (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
4857 long unsigned int offset
)
4859 dw_attr_ref attr
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (dw_attr_node
));
4861 attr
->dw_attr_next
= NULL
;
4862 attr
->dw_attr
= attr_kind
;
4863 attr
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
= dw_val_class_range_list
;
4864 attr
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
= offset
;
4865 add_dwarf_attr (die
, attr
);
4868 static inline const char *
4869 AT_lbl (dw_attr_ref a
)
4871 if (a
&& (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_id
4872 || AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_lbl_offset
))
4873 return a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_lbl_id
;
4878 /* Get the attribute of type attr_kind. */
4881 get_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4884 dw_die_ref spec
= NULL
;
4888 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
4889 if (a
->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
4891 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_specification
4892 || a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_abstract_origin
)
4896 return get_AT (spec
, attr_kind
);
4902 /* Return the "low pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4903 DIE. Return null if the "low pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4904 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4906 static inline const char *
4907 get_AT_low_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4909 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_low_pc
);
4911 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4914 /* Return the "high pc" attribute value, typically associated with a subprogram
4915 DIE. Return null if the "high pc" attribute is either not present, or if it
4916 cannot be represented as an assembler label identifier. */
4918 static inline const char *
4919 get_AT_hi_pc (dw_die_ref die
)
4921 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_high_pc
);
4923 return a
? AT_lbl (a
) : NULL
;
4926 /* Return the value of the string attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or
4927 NULL if it is not present. */
4929 static inline const char *
4930 get_AT_string (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4932 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4934 return a
? AT_string (a
) : NULL
;
4937 /* Return the value of the flag attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or -1
4938 if it is not present. */
4941 get_AT_flag (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4943 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4945 return a
? AT_flag (a
) : 0;
4948 /* Return the value of the unsigned attribute designated by ATTR_KIND, or 0
4949 if it is not present. */
4951 static inline unsigned
4952 get_AT_unsigned (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4954 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4956 return a
? AT_unsigned (a
) : 0;
4959 static inline dw_die_ref
4960 get_AT_ref (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
4962 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, attr_kind
);
4964 return a
? AT_ref (a
) : NULL
;
4967 /* Return TRUE if the language is C or C++. */
4972 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4974 return (lang
== DW_LANG_C
|| lang
== DW_LANG_C89
4975 || lang
== DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4978 /* Return TRUE if the language is C++. */
4983 return (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
4984 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
);
4987 /* Return TRUE if the language is Fortran. */
4992 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
4994 return lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran77
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Fortran90
;
4997 /* Return TRUE if the language is Java. */
5002 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5004 return lang
== DW_LANG_Java
;
5007 /* Return TRUE if the language is Ada. */
5012 unsigned int lang
= get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
);
5014 return lang
== DW_LANG_Ada95
|| lang
== DW_LANG_Ada83
;
5017 /* Free up the memory used by A. */
5019 static inline void free_AT (dw_attr_ref
);
5021 free_AT (dw_attr_ref a
)
5023 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_str
)
5024 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
)
5025 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->refcount
--;
5028 /* Remove the specified attribute if present. */
5031 remove_AT (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
)
5034 dw_attr_ref removed
= NULL
;
5038 for (p
= &(die
->die_attr
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->dw_attr_next
))
5039 if ((*p
)->dw_attr
== attr_kind
)
5042 *p
= (*p
)->dw_attr_next
;
5051 /* Remove child die whose die_tag is specified tag. */
5054 remove_child_TAG (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_tag tag
)
5056 dw_die_ref current
, prev
, next
;
5057 current
= die
->die_child
;
5059 while (current
!= NULL
)
5061 if (current
->die_tag
== tag
)
5063 next
= current
->die_sib
;
5065 die
->die_child
= next
;
5067 prev
->die_sib
= next
;
5074 current
= current
->die_sib
;
5079 /* Free up the memory used by DIE. */
5082 free_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5084 remove_children (die
);
5087 /* Discard the children of this DIE. */
5090 remove_children (dw_die_ref die
)
5092 dw_die_ref child_die
= die
->die_child
;
5094 die
->die_child
= NULL
;
5096 while (child_die
!= NULL
)
5098 dw_die_ref tmp_die
= child_die
;
5101 child_die
= child_die
->die_sib
;
5103 for (a
= tmp_die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
;)
5105 dw_attr_ref tmp_a
= a
;
5107 a
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5115 /* Add a child DIE below its parent. We build the lists up in reverse
5116 addition order, and correct that in reverse_all_dies. */
5119 add_child_die (dw_die_ref die
, dw_die_ref child_die
)
5121 if (die
!= NULL
&& child_die
!= NULL
)
5123 if (die
== child_die
)
5126 child_die
->die_parent
= die
;
5127 child_die
->die_sib
= die
->die_child
;
5128 die
->die_child
= child_die
;
5132 /* Move CHILD, which must be a child of PARENT or the DIE for which PARENT
5133 is the specification, to the front of PARENT's list of children. */
5136 splice_child_die (dw_die_ref parent
, dw_die_ref child
)
5140 /* We want the declaration DIE from inside the class, not the
5141 specification DIE at toplevel. */
5142 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
)
5144 dw_die_ref tmp
= get_AT_ref (child
, DW_AT_specification
);
5150 if (child
->die_parent
!= parent
5151 && child
->die_parent
!= get_AT_ref (parent
, DW_AT_specification
))
5154 for (p
= &(child
->die_parent
->die_child
); *p
; p
= &((*p
)->die_sib
))
5157 *p
= child
->die_sib
;
5161 child
->die_parent
= parent
;
5162 child
->die_sib
= parent
->die_child
;
5163 parent
->die_child
= child
;
5166 /* Return a pointer to a newly created DIE node. */
5168 static inline dw_die_ref
5169 new_die (enum dwarf_tag tag_value
, dw_die_ref parent_die
, tree t
)
5171 dw_die_ref die
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (die_node
));
5173 die
->die_tag
= tag_value
;
5175 if (parent_die
!= NULL
)
5176 add_child_die (parent_die
, die
);
5179 limbo_die_node
*limbo_node
;
5181 limbo_node
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (limbo_die_node
));
5182 limbo_node
->die
= die
;
5183 limbo_node
->created_for
= t
;
5184 limbo_node
->next
= limbo_die_list
;
5185 limbo_die_list
= limbo_node
;
5191 /* Return the DIE associated with the given type specifier. */
5193 static inline dw_die_ref
5194 lookup_type_die (tree type
)
5196 return TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
);
5199 /* Equate a DIE to a given type specifier. */
5202 equate_type_number_to_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref type_die
)
5204 TYPE_SYMTAB_DIE (type
) = type_die
;
5207 /* Returns a hash value for X (which really is a die_struct). */
5210 decl_die_table_hash (const void *x
)
5212 return (hashval_t
) ((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
;
5215 /* Return nonzero if decl_id of die_struct X is the same as UID of decl *Y. */
5218 decl_die_table_eq (const void *x
, const void *y
)
5220 return (((const dw_die_ref
) x
)->decl_id
== DECL_UID ((const tree
) y
));
5223 /* Return the DIE associated with a given declaration. */
5225 static inline dw_die_ref
5226 lookup_decl_die (tree decl
)
5228 return htab_find_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, DECL_UID (decl
));
5231 /* Equate a DIE to a particular declaration. */
5234 equate_decl_number_to_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref decl_die
)
5236 unsigned int decl_id
= DECL_UID (decl
);
5239 slot
= htab_find_slot_with_hash (decl_die_table
, decl
, decl_id
, INSERT
);
5241 decl_die
->decl_id
= decl_id
;
5244 /* Keep track of the number of spaces used to indent the
5245 output of the debugging routines that print the structure of
5246 the DIE internal representation. */
5247 static int print_indent
;
5249 /* Indent the line the number of spaces given by print_indent. */
5252 print_spaces (FILE *outfile
)
5254 fprintf (outfile
, "%*s", print_indent
, "");
5257 /* Print the information associated with a given DIE, and its children.
5258 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5261 print_die (dw_die_ref die
, FILE *outfile
)
5266 print_spaces (outfile
);
5267 fprintf (outfile
, "DIE %4lu: %s\n",
5268 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
5269 print_spaces (outfile
);
5270 fprintf (outfile
, " abbrev id: %lu", die
->die_abbrev
);
5271 fprintf (outfile
, " offset: %lu\n", die
->die_offset
);
5273 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5275 print_spaces (outfile
);
5276 fprintf (outfile
, " %s: ", dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
));
5278 switch (AT_class (a
))
5280 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5281 fprintf (outfile
, "address");
5283 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5284 fprintf (outfile
, "offset");
5286 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5287 fprintf (outfile
, "location descriptor");
5289 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
5290 fprintf (outfile
, "location list -> label:%s",
5291 AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
);
5293 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
5294 fprintf (outfile
, "range list");
5296 case dw_val_class_const
:
5297 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_DEC
, AT_int (a
));
5299 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5300 fprintf (outfile
, HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_UNSIGNED
, AT_unsigned (a
));
5302 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5303 fprintf (outfile
, "constant (%lu,%lu)",
5304 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
,
5305 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
);
5307 case dw_val_class_float
:
5308 fprintf (outfile
, "floating-point constant");
5310 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5311 fprintf (outfile
, "%u", AT_flag (a
));
5313 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5314 if (AT_ref (a
) != NULL
)
5316 if (AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
)
5317 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> label: %s", AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
);
5319 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> %lu", AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
);
5322 fprintf (outfile
, "die -> <null>");
5324 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5325 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5326 fprintf (outfile
, "label: %s", AT_lbl (a
));
5328 case dw_val_class_str
:
5329 if (AT_string (a
) != NULL
)
5330 fprintf (outfile
, "\"%s\"", AT_string (a
));
5332 fprintf (outfile
, "<null>");
5338 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5341 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
5344 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5345 print_die (c
, outfile
);
5349 if (print_indent
== 0)
5350 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5353 /* Print the contents of the source code line number correspondence table.
5354 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5357 print_dwarf_line_table (FILE *outfile
)
5360 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
5362 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\nDWARF source line information\n");
5363 for (i
= 1; i
< line_info_table_in_use
; i
++)
5365 line_info
= &line_info_table
[i
];
5366 fprintf (outfile
, "%5d: ", i
);
5367 fprintf (outfile
, "%-20s",
5368 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, line_info
->dw_file_num
));
5369 fprintf (outfile
, "%6ld", line_info
->dw_line_num
);
5370 fprintf (outfile
, "\n");
5373 fprintf (outfile
, "\n\n");
5376 /* Print the information collected for a given DIE. */
5379 debug_dwarf_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5381 print_die (die
, stderr
);
5384 /* Print all DWARF information collected for the compilation unit.
5385 This routine is a debugging aid only. */
5391 print_die (comp_unit_die
, stderr
);
5392 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
5393 print_dwarf_line_table (stderr
);
5396 /* We build up the lists of children and attributes by pushing new ones
5397 onto the beginning of the list. Reverse the lists for DIE so that
5398 they are in order of addition. */
5401 reverse_die_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
5403 dw_die_ref c
, cp
, cn
;
5404 dw_attr_ref a
, ap
, an
;
5406 for (a
= die
->die_attr
, ap
= 0; a
; a
= an
)
5408 an
= a
->dw_attr_next
;
5409 a
->dw_attr_next
= ap
;
5415 for (c
= die
->die_child
, cp
= 0; c
; c
= cn
)
5422 die
->die_child
= cp
;
5425 /* reverse_die_lists only reverses the single die you pass it. Since we used to
5426 reverse all dies in add_sibling_attributes, which runs through all the dies,
5427 it would reverse all the dies. Now, however, since we don't call
5428 reverse_die_lists in add_sibling_attributes, we need a routine to
5429 recursively reverse all the dies. This is that routine. */
5432 reverse_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
5436 reverse_die_lists (die
);
5438 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5439 reverse_all_dies (c
);
5442 /* Start a new compilation unit DIE for an include file. OLD_UNIT is the CU
5443 for the enclosing include file, if any. BINCL_DIE is the DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
5444 DIE that marks the start of the DIEs for this include file. */
5447 push_new_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
, dw_die_ref bincl_die
)
5449 const char *filename
= get_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5450 dw_die_ref new_unit
= gen_compile_unit_die (filename
);
5452 new_unit
->die_sib
= old_unit
;
5456 /* Close an include-file CU and reopen the enclosing one. */
5459 pop_compile_unit (dw_die_ref old_unit
)
5461 dw_die_ref new_unit
= old_unit
->die_sib
;
5463 old_unit
->die_sib
= NULL
;
5467 #define CHECKSUM(FOO) md5_process_bytes (&(FOO), sizeof (FOO), ctx)
5468 #define CHECKSUM_STRING(FOO) md5_process_bytes ((FOO), strlen (FOO), ctx)
5470 /* Calculate the checksum of a location expression. */
5473 loc_checksum (dw_loc_descr_ref loc
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
)
5475 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_opc
);
5476 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
);
5477 CHECKSUM (loc
->dw_loc_oprnd2
);
5480 /* Calculate the checksum of an attribute. */
5483 attr_checksum (dw_attr_ref at
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5485 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
5488 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr
);
5490 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5491 if (at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5492 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5493 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5494 || at
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5497 switch (AT_class (at
))
5499 case dw_val_class_const
:
5500 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_int
);
5502 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5503 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
5505 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5506 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
);
5508 case dw_val_class_float
:
5509 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
);
5511 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5512 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_flag
);
5514 case dw_val_class_str
:
5515 CHECKSUM_STRING (AT_string (at
));
5518 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5520 switch (GET_CODE (r
))
5523 CHECKSUM_STRING (XSTR (r
, 0));
5531 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5532 CHECKSUM (at
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
5535 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5536 for (loc
= AT_loc (at
); loc
; loc
= loc
->dw_loc_next
)
5537 loc_checksum (loc
, ctx
);
5540 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5541 die_checksum (AT_ref (at
), ctx
, mark
);
5544 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5545 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5546 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5554 /* Calculate the checksum of a DIE. */
5557 die_checksum (dw_die_ref die
, struct md5_ctx
*ctx
, int *mark
)
5562 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5565 CHECKSUM (die
->die_mark
);
5568 die
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5570 CHECKSUM (die
->die_tag
);
5572 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
5573 attr_checksum (a
, ctx
, mark
);
5575 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5576 die_checksum (c
, ctx
, mark
);
5580 #undef CHECKSUM_STRING
5582 /* Do the location expressions look same? */
5584 same_loc_p (dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, dw_loc_descr_ref loc2
, int *mark
)
5586 return loc1
->dw_loc_opc
== loc2
->dw_loc_opc
5587 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd1
, mark
)
5588 && same_dw_val_p (&loc1
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, &loc2
->dw_loc_oprnd2
, mark
);
5591 /* Do the values look the same? */
5593 same_dw_val_p (dw_val_node
*v1
, dw_val_node
*v2
, int *mark
)
5595 dw_loc_descr_ref loc1
, loc2
;
5599 if (v1
->val_class
!= v2
->val_class
)
5602 switch (v1
->val_class
)
5604 case dw_val_class_const
:
5605 return v1
->v
.val_int
== v2
->v
.val_int
;
5606 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
5607 return v1
->v
.val_unsigned
== v2
->v
.val_unsigned
;
5608 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
5609 return v1
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.hi
5610 && v1
->v
.val_long_long
.low
== v2
->v
.val_long_long
.low
;
5611 case dw_val_class_float
:
5612 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.length
!= v2
->v
.val_float
.length
)
5614 for (i
= 0; i
< v1
->v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
5615 if (v1
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
] != v2
->v
.val_float
.array
[i
])
5618 case dw_val_class_flag
:
5619 return v1
->v
.val_flag
== v2
->v
.val_flag
;
5620 case dw_val_class_str
:
5621 return !strcmp(v1
->v
.val_str
->str
, v2
->v
.val_str
->str
);
5623 case dw_val_class_addr
:
5624 r1
= v1
->v
.val_addr
;
5625 r2
= v2
->v
.val_addr
;
5626 if (GET_CODE (r1
) != GET_CODE (r2
))
5628 switch (GET_CODE (r1
))
5631 return !strcmp (XSTR (r1
, 0), XSTR (r2
, 0));
5637 case dw_val_class_offset
:
5638 return v1
->v
.val_offset
== v2
->v
.val_offset
;
5640 case dw_val_class_loc
:
5641 for (loc1
= v1
->v
.val_loc
, loc2
= v2
->v
.val_loc
;
5643 loc1
= loc1
->dw_loc_next
, loc2
= loc2
->dw_loc_next
)
5644 if (!same_loc_p (loc1
, loc2
, mark
))
5646 return !loc1
&& !loc2
;
5648 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
5649 return same_die_p (v1
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, v2
->v
.val_die_ref
.die
, mark
);
5651 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
5652 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
5653 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
5661 /* Do the attributes look the same? */
5664 same_attr_p (dw_attr_ref at1
, dw_attr_ref at2
, int *mark
)
5666 if (at1
->dw_attr
!= at2
->dw_attr
)
5669 /* We don't care about differences in file numbering. */
5670 if (at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
5671 /* Or that this was compiled with a different compiler snapshot; if
5672 the output is the same, that's what matters. */
5673 || at1
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_producer
)
5676 return same_dw_val_p (&at1
->dw_attr_val
, &at2
->dw_attr_val
, mark
);
5679 /* Do the dies look the same? */
5682 same_die_p (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
, int *mark
)
5687 /* To avoid infinite recursion. */
5689 return die1
->die_mark
== die2
->die_mark
;
5690 die1
->die_mark
= die2
->die_mark
= ++(*mark
);
5692 if (die1
->die_tag
!= die2
->die_tag
)
5695 for (a1
= die1
->die_attr
, a2
= die2
->die_attr
;
5697 a1
= a1
->dw_attr_next
, a2
= a2
->dw_attr_next
)
5698 if (!same_attr_p (a1
, a2
, mark
))
5703 for (c1
= die1
->die_child
, c2
= die2
->die_child
;
5705 c1
= c1
->die_sib
, c2
= c2
->die_sib
)
5706 if (!same_die_p (c1
, c2
, mark
))
5714 /* Do the dies look the same? Wrapper around same_die_p. */
5717 same_die_p_wrap (dw_die_ref die1
, dw_die_ref die2
)
5720 int ret
= same_die_p (die1
, die2
, &mark
);
5722 unmark_all_dies (die1
);
5723 unmark_all_dies (die2
);
5728 /* The prefix to attach to symbols on DIEs in the current comdat debug
5730 static char *comdat_symbol_id
;
5732 /* The index of the current symbol within the current comdat CU. */
5733 static unsigned int comdat_symbol_number
;
5735 /* Calculate the MD5 checksum of the compilation unit DIE UNIT_DIE and its
5736 children, and set comdat_symbol_id accordingly. */
5739 compute_section_prefix (dw_die_ref unit_die
)
5741 const char *die_name
= get_AT_string (unit_die
, DW_AT_name
);
5742 const char *base
= die_name
? lbasename (die_name
) : "anonymous";
5743 char *name
= alloca (strlen (base
) + 64);
5746 unsigned char checksum
[16];
5749 /* Compute the checksum of the DIE, then append part of it as hex digits to
5750 the name filename of the unit. */
5752 md5_init_ctx (&ctx
);
5754 die_checksum (unit_die
, &ctx
, &mark
);
5755 unmark_all_dies (unit_die
);
5756 md5_finish_ctx (&ctx
, checksum
);
5758 sprintf (name
, "%s.", base
);
5759 clean_symbol_name (name
);
5761 p
= name
+ strlen (name
);
5762 for (i
= 0; i
< 4; i
++)
5764 sprintf (p
, "%.2x", checksum
[i
]);
5768 comdat_symbol_id
= unit_die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (name
);
5769 comdat_symbol_number
= 0;
5772 /* Returns nonzero if DIE represents a type, in the sense of TYPE_P. */
5775 is_type_die (dw_die_ref die
)
5777 switch (die
->die_tag
)
5779 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
5780 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
5781 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
5782 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
5783 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
5784 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
5785 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
5786 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
5787 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
5788 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
5789 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
5790 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
5791 case DW_TAG_base_type
:
5792 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
5793 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
5794 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
5795 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
5796 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
5803 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that should go into a COMDAT CU.
5804 Basically, we want to choose the bits that are likely to be shared between
5805 compilations (types) and leave out the bits that are specific to individual
5806 compilations (functions). */
5809 is_comdat_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5811 /* I think we want to leave base types and __vtbl_ptr_type in the main CU, as
5812 we do for stabs. The advantage is a greater likelihood of sharing between
5813 objects that don't include headers in the same order (and therefore would
5814 put the base types in a different comdat). jason 8/28/00 */
5816 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_base_type
)
5819 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_pointer_type
5820 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_reference_type
5821 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_const_type
5822 || c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_volatile_type
)
5824 dw_die_ref t
= get_AT_ref (c
, DW_AT_type
);
5826 return t
? is_comdat_die (t
) : 0;
5829 return is_type_die (c
);
5832 /* Returns 1 iff C is the sort of DIE that might be referred to from another
5833 compilation unit. */
5836 is_symbol_die (dw_die_ref c
)
5838 return (is_type_die (c
)
5839 || (get_AT (c
, DW_AT_declaration
)
5840 && !get_AT (c
, DW_AT_specification
)));
5844 gen_internal_sym (const char *prefix
)
5848 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (buf
, prefix
, label_num
++);
5849 return xstrdup (buf
);
5852 /* Assign symbols to all worthy DIEs under DIE. */
5855 assign_symbol_names (dw_die_ref die
)
5859 if (is_symbol_die (die
))
5861 if (comdat_symbol_id
)
5863 char *p
= alloca (strlen (comdat_symbol_id
) + 64);
5865 sprintf (p
, "%s.%s.%x", DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
,
5866 comdat_symbol_id
, comdat_symbol_number
++);
5867 die
->die_symbol
= xstrdup (p
);
5870 die
->die_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LDIE");
5873 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
5874 assign_symbol_names (c
);
5877 struct cu_hash_table_entry
5880 unsigned min_comdat_num
, max_comdat_num
;
5881 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
;
5884 /* Routines to manipulate hash table of CUs. */
5886 htab_cu_hash (const void *of
)
5888 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry
= of
;
5890 return htab_hash_string (entry
->cu
->die_symbol
);
5894 htab_cu_eq (const void *of1
, const void *of2
)
5896 const struct cu_hash_table_entry
*entry1
= of1
;
5897 const struct die_struct
*entry2
= of2
;
5899 return !strcmp (entry1
->cu
->die_symbol
, entry2
->die_symbol
);
5903 htab_cu_del (void *what
)
5905 struct cu_hash_table_entry
*next
, *entry
= what
;
5915 /* Check whether we have already seen this CU and set up SYM_NUM
5918 check_duplicate_cu (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int *sym_num
)
5920 struct cu_hash_table_entry dummy
;
5921 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
, *last
= &dummy
;
5923 dummy
.max_comdat_num
= 0;
5925 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5926 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5930 for (; entry
; last
= entry
, entry
= entry
->next
)
5932 if (same_die_p_wrap (cu
, entry
->cu
))
5938 *sym_num
= entry
->min_comdat_num
;
5942 entry
= xcalloc (1, sizeof (struct cu_hash_table_entry
));
5944 entry
->min_comdat_num
= *sym_num
= last
->max_comdat_num
;
5945 entry
->next
= *slot
;
5951 /* Record SYM_NUM to record of CU in HTABLE. */
5953 record_comdat_symbol_number (dw_die_ref cu
, htab_t htable
, unsigned int sym_num
)
5955 struct cu_hash_table_entry
**slot
, *entry
;
5957 slot
= (struct cu_hash_table_entry
**)
5958 htab_find_slot_with_hash (htable
, cu
, htab_hash_string (cu
->die_symbol
),
5962 entry
->max_comdat_num
= sym_num
;
5965 /* Traverse the DIE (which is always comp_unit_die), and set up
5966 additional compilation units for each of the include files we see
5967 bracketed by BINCL/EINCL. */
5970 break_out_includes (dw_die_ref die
)
5973 dw_die_ref unit
= NULL
;
5974 limbo_die_node
*node
, **pnode
;
5975 htab_t cu_hash_table
;
5977 for (ptr
= &(die
->die_child
); *ptr
;)
5979 dw_die_ref c
= *ptr
;
5981 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
|| c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
5982 || (unit
&& is_comdat_die (c
)))
5984 /* This DIE is for a secondary CU; remove it from the main one. */
5987 if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
)
5989 unit
= push_new_compile_unit (unit
, c
);
5992 else if (c
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
)
5994 unit
= pop_compile_unit (unit
);
5998 add_child_die (unit
, c
);
6002 /* Leave this DIE in the main CU. */
6003 ptr
= &(c
->die_sib
);
6009 /* We can only use this in debugging, since the frontend doesn't check
6010 to make sure that we leave every include file we enter. */
6015 assign_symbol_names (die
);
6016 cu_hash_table
= htab_create (10, htab_cu_hash
, htab_cu_eq
, htab_cu_del
);
6017 for (node
= limbo_die_list
, pnode
= &limbo_die_list
;
6023 compute_section_prefix (node
->die
);
6024 is_dupl
= check_duplicate_cu (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6025 &comdat_symbol_number
);
6026 assign_symbol_names (node
->die
);
6028 *pnode
= node
->next
;
6031 pnode
= &node
->next
;
6032 record_comdat_symbol_number (node
->die
, cu_hash_table
,
6033 comdat_symbol_number
);
6036 htab_delete (cu_hash_table
);
6039 /* Traverse the DIE and add a sibling attribute if it may have the
6040 effect of speeding up access to siblings. To save some space,
6041 avoid generating sibling attributes for DIE's without children. */
6044 add_sibling_attributes (dw_die_ref die
)
6048 if (die
->die_tag
!= DW_TAG_compile_unit
6049 && die
->die_sib
&& die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6050 /* Add the sibling link to the front of the attribute list. */
6051 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_sibling
, die
->die_sib
);
6053 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6054 add_sibling_attributes (c
);
6057 /* Output all location lists for the DIE and its children. */
6060 output_location_lists (dw_die_ref die
)
6065 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6066 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_loc_list
)
6067 output_loc_list (AT_loc_list (d_attr
));
6069 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6070 output_location_lists (c
);
6074 /* The format of each DIE (and its attribute value pairs) is encoded in an
6075 abbreviation table. This routine builds the abbreviation table and assigns
6076 a unique abbreviation id for each abbreviation entry. The children of each
6077 die are visited recursively. */
6080 build_abbrev_table (dw_die_ref die
)
6082 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6083 unsigned int n_alloc
;
6085 dw_attr_ref d_attr
, a_attr
;
6087 /* Scan the DIE references, and mark as external any that refer to
6088 DIEs from other CUs (i.e. those which are not marked). */
6089 for (d_attr
= die
->die_attr
; d_attr
; d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6090 if (AT_class (d_attr
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
6091 && AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_mark
== 0)
6093 if (AT_ref (d_attr
)->die_symbol
== 0)
6096 set_AT_ref_external (d_attr
, 1);
6099 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6101 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6103 if (abbrev
->die_tag
== die
->die_tag
)
6105 if ((abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
) == (die
->die_child
!= NULL
))
6107 a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
;
6108 d_attr
= die
->die_attr
;
6110 while (a_attr
!= NULL
&& d_attr
!= NULL
)
6112 if ((a_attr
->dw_attr
!= d_attr
->dw_attr
)
6113 || (value_format (a_attr
) != value_format (d_attr
)))
6116 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6117 d_attr
= d_attr
->dw_attr_next
;
6120 if (a_attr
== NULL
&& d_attr
== NULL
)
6126 if (abbrev_id
>= abbrev_die_table_in_use
)
6128 if (abbrev_die_table_in_use
>= abbrev_die_table_allocated
)
6130 n_alloc
= abbrev_die_table_allocated
+ ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6131 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_realloc (abbrev_die_table
,
6132 sizeof (dw_die_ref
) * n_alloc
);
6134 memset (&abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_die_table_allocated
], 0,
6135 (n_alloc
- abbrev_die_table_allocated
) * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6136 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= n_alloc
;
6139 ++abbrev_die_table_in_use
;
6140 abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
] = die
;
6143 die
->die_abbrev
= abbrev_id
;
6144 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6145 build_abbrev_table (c
);
6148 /* Return the power-of-two number of bytes necessary to represent VALUE. */
6151 constant_size (long unsigned int value
)
6158 log
= floor_log2 (value
);
6161 log
= 1 << (floor_log2 (log
) + 1);
6166 /* Return the size of a DIE as it is represented in the
6167 .debug_info section. */
6169 static unsigned long
6170 size_of_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6172 unsigned long size
= 0;
6175 size
+= size_of_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
);
6176 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6178 switch (AT_class (a
))
6180 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6181 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6183 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6184 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6186 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6188 unsigned long lsize
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6191 size
+= constant_size (lsize
);
6195 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6196 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6198 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6199 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6201 case dw_val_class_const
:
6202 size
+= size_of_sleb128 (AT_int (a
));
6204 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6205 size
+= constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
));
6207 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6208 size
+= 1 + 2*HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
; /* block */
6210 case dw_val_class_float
:
6211 size
+= 1 + a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4; /* block */
6213 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6216 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6217 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6218 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6220 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6222 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6223 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6225 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6226 size
+= DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6228 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6229 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6231 case dw_val_class_str
:
6232 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6233 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6235 size
+= strlen (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->str
) + 1;
6245 /* Size the debugging information associated with a given DIE. Visits the
6246 DIE's children recursively. Updates the global variable next_die_offset, on
6247 each time through. Uses the current value of next_die_offset to update the
6248 die_offset field in each DIE. */
6251 calc_die_sizes (dw_die_ref die
)
6255 die
->die_offset
= next_die_offset
;
6256 next_die_offset
+= size_of_die (die
);
6258 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6261 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6262 /* Count the null byte used to terminate sibling lists. */
6263 next_die_offset
+= 1;
6266 /* Set the marks for a die and its children. We do this so
6267 that we know whether or not a reference needs to use FORM_ref_addr; only
6268 DIEs in the same CU will be marked. We used to clear out the offset
6269 and use that as the flag, but ran into ordering problems. */
6272 mark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6280 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6284 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children. */
6287 unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6295 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6299 /* Clear the marks for a die, its children and referred dies. */
6302 unmark_all_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
6311 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6312 unmark_all_dies (c
);
6314 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6315 if (AT_class (a
) == dw_val_class_die_ref
)
6316 unmark_all_dies (AT_ref (a
));
6319 /* Return the size of the .debug_pubnames table generated for the
6320 compilation unit. */
6322 static unsigned long
6323 size_of_pubnames (void)
6328 size
= DWARF_PUBNAMES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6329 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6331 pubname_ref p
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6332 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
+ strlen (p
->name
) + 1;
6335 size
+= DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
;
6339 /* Return the size of the information in the .debug_aranges section. */
6341 static unsigned long
6342 size_of_aranges (void)
6346 size
= DWARF_ARANGES_HEADER_SIZE
;
6348 /* Count the address/length pair for this compilation unit. */
6349 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6350 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
* arange_table_in_use
;
6352 /* Count the two zero words used to terminated the address range table. */
6353 size
+= 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
6357 /* Select the encoding of an attribute value. */
6359 static enum dwarf_form
6360 value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6362 switch (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
)
6364 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6365 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6366 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6367 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6368 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6369 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6370 if (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 8)
6371 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6373 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6374 /* FIXME: Could be DW_FORM_data8, with a > 32 bit size
6375 .debug_loc section */
6376 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6377 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6378 switch (constant_size (size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
))))
6381 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6383 return DW_FORM_block2
;
6387 case dw_val_class_const
:
6388 return DW_FORM_sdata
;
6389 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6390 switch (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)))
6393 return DW_FORM_data1
;
6395 return DW_FORM_data2
;
6397 return DW_FORM_data4
;
6399 return DW_FORM_data8
;
6403 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6404 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6405 case dw_val_class_float
:
6406 return DW_FORM_block1
;
6407 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6408 return DW_FORM_flag
;
6409 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6410 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6411 return DW_FORM_ref_addr
;
6414 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6415 return DW_FORM_data
;
6416 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6417 return DW_FORM_addr
;
6418 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6419 return DW_FORM_data
;
6420 case dw_val_class_str
:
6421 return AT_string_form (a
);
6428 /* Output the encoding of an attribute value. */
6431 output_value_format (dw_attr_ref a
)
6433 enum dwarf_form form
= value_format (a
);
6435 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (form
, "(%s)", dwarf_form_name (form
));
6438 /* Output the .debug_abbrev section which defines the DIE abbreviation
6442 output_abbrev_section (void)
6444 unsigned long abbrev_id
;
6448 for (abbrev_id
= 1; abbrev_id
< abbrev_die_table_in_use
; ++abbrev_id
)
6450 dw_die_ref abbrev
= abbrev_die_table
[abbrev_id
];
6452 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev_id
, "(abbrev code)");
6453 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (abbrev
->die_tag
, "(TAG: %s)",
6454 dwarf_tag_name (abbrev
->die_tag
));
6456 if (abbrev
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6457 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_yes
, "DW_children_yes");
6459 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_children_no
, "DW_children_no");
6461 for (a_attr
= abbrev
->die_attr
; a_attr
!= NULL
;
6462 a_attr
= a_attr
->dw_attr_next
)
6464 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (a_attr
->dw_attr
, "(%s)",
6465 dwarf_attr_name (a_attr
->dw_attr
));
6466 output_value_format (a_attr
);
6469 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6470 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6473 /* Terminate the table. */
6474 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, NULL
);
6477 /* Output a symbol we can use to refer to this DIE from another CU. */
6480 output_die_symbol (dw_die_ref die
)
6482 char *sym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6487 if (strncmp (sym
, DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
, sizeof (DIE_LABEL_PREFIX
) - 1) == 0)
6488 /* We make these global, not weak; if the target doesn't support
6489 .linkonce, it doesn't support combining the sections, so debugging
6491 (*targetm
.asm_out
.globalize_label
) (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6493 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, sym
);
6496 /* Return a new location list, given the begin and end range, and the
6497 expression. gensym tells us whether to generate a new internal symbol for
6498 this location list node, which is done for the head of the list only. */
6500 static inline dw_loc_list_ref
6501 new_loc_list (dw_loc_descr_ref expr
, const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6502 const char *section
, unsigned int gensym
)
6504 dw_loc_list_ref retlist
= ggc_alloc_cleared (sizeof (dw_loc_list_node
));
6506 retlist
->begin
= begin
;
6508 retlist
->expr
= expr
;
6509 retlist
->section
= section
;
6511 retlist
->ll_symbol
= gen_internal_sym ("LLST");
6516 /* Add a location description expression to a location list. */
6519 add_loc_descr_to_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref
*list_head
, dw_loc_descr_ref descr
,
6520 const char *begin
, const char *end
,
6521 const char *section
)
6525 /* Find the end of the chain. */
6526 for (d
= list_head
; (*d
) != NULL
; d
= &(*d
)->dw_loc_next
)
6529 /* Add a new location list node to the list. */
6530 *d
= new_loc_list (descr
, begin
, end
, section
, 0);
6533 /* Output the location list given to us. */
6536 output_loc_list (dw_loc_list_ref list_head
)
6538 dw_loc_list_ref curr
= list_head
;
6540 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6542 /* ??? This shouldn't be needed now that we've forced the
6543 compilation unit base address to zero when there is code
6544 in more than one section. */
6545 if (strcmp (curr
->section
, ".text") == 0)
6547 /* dw2_asm_output_data will mask off any extra bits in the ~0. */
6548 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, ~(unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) 0,
6549 "Location list base address specifier fake entry");
6550 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->section
,
6551 "Location list base address specifier base");
6554 for (curr
= list_head
; curr
!= NULL
; curr
= curr
->dw_loc_next
)
6558 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->begin
, curr
->section
,
6559 "Location list begin address (%s)",
6560 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6561 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, curr
->end
, curr
->section
,
6562 "Location list end address (%s)",
6563 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6564 size
= size_of_locs (curr
->expr
);
6566 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6569 dw2_asm_output_data (2, size
, "%s", "Location expression size");
6571 output_loc_sequence (curr
->expr
);
6574 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6575 "Location list terminator begin (%s)",
6576 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6577 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0,
6578 "Location list terminator end (%s)",
6579 list_head
->ll_symbol
);
6582 /* Output the DIE and its attributes. Called recursively to generate
6583 the definitions of each child DIE. */
6586 output_die (dw_die_ref die
)
6592 /* If someone in another CU might refer to us, set up a symbol for
6593 them to point to. */
6594 if (die
->die_symbol
)
6595 output_die_symbol (die
);
6597 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (die
->die_abbrev
, "(DIE (0x%lx) %s)",
6598 die
->die_offset
, dwarf_tag_name (die
->die_tag
));
6600 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
6602 const char *name
= dwarf_attr_name (a
->dw_attr
);
6604 switch (AT_class (a
))
6606 case dw_val_class_addr
:
6607 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_addr (a
), "%s", name
);
6610 case dw_val_class_offset
:
6611 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
,
6615 case dw_val_class_range_list
:
6617 char *p
= strchr (ranges_section_label
, '\0');
6619 sprintf (p
, "+" HOST_WIDE_INT_PRINT_HEX
,
6620 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_offset
);
6621 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, ranges_section_label
,
6627 case dw_val_class_loc
:
6628 size
= size_of_locs (AT_loc (a
));
6630 /* Output the block length for this list of location operations. */
6631 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (size
), size
, "%s", name
);
6633 output_loc_sequence (AT_loc (a
));
6636 case dw_val_class_const
:
6637 /* ??? It would be slightly more efficient to use a scheme like is
6638 used for unsigned constants below, but gdb 4.x does not sign
6639 extend. Gdb 5.x does sign extend. */
6640 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (AT_int (a
), "%s", name
);
6643 case dw_val_class_unsigned_const
:
6644 dw2_asm_output_data (constant_size (AT_unsigned (a
)),
6645 AT_unsigned (a
), "%s", name
);
6648 case dw_val_class_long_long
:
6650 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT first
, second
;
6652 dw2_asm_output_data (1,
6653 2 * HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6656 if (WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN
)
6658 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6659 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6663 first
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.low
;
6664 second
= a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_long_long
.hi
;
6667 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6668 first
, "long long constant");
6669 dw2_asm_output_data (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
/ HOST_BITS_PER_CHAR
,
6674 case dw_val_class_float
:
6678 dw2_asm_output_data (1, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
* 4,
6681 for (i
= 0; i
< a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.length
; i
++)
6682 dw2_asm_output_data (4, a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_float
.array
[i
],
6683 "fp constant word %u", i
);
6687 case dw_val_class_flag
:
6688 dw2_asm_output_data (1, AT_flag (a
), "%s", name
);
6691 case dw_val_class_loc_list
:
6693 char *sym
= AT_loc_list (a
)->ll_symbol
;
6697 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, sym
,
6698 loc_section_label
, "%s", name
);
6702 case dw_val_class_die_ref
:
6703 if (AT_ref_external (a
))
6705 char *sym
= AT_ref (a
)->die_symbol
;
6709 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, sym
, "%s", name
);
6711 else if (AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
== 0)
6714 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_ref (a
)->die_offset
,
6718 case dw_val_class_fde_ref
:
6722 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, FDE_LABEL
,
6723 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_fde_index
* 2);
6724 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l1
, "%s", name
);
6728 case dw_val_class_lbl_id
:
6729 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6732 case dw_val_class_lbl_offset
:
6733 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, AT_lbl (a
), "%s", name
);
6736 case dw_val_class_str
:
6737 if (AT_string_form (a
) == DW_FORM_strp
)
6738 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6739 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_str
->label
,
6740 "%s: \"%s\"", name
, AT_string (a
));
6742 dw2_asm_output_nstring (AT_string (a
), -1, "%s", name
);
6750 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
!= NULL
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
6753 /* Add null byte to terminate sibling list. */
6754 if (die
->die_child
!= NULL
)
6755 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "end of children of DIE 0x%lx",
6759 /* Output the compilation unit that appears at the beginning of the
6760 .debug_info section, and precedes the DIE descriptions. */
6763 output_compilation_unit_header (void)
6765 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6766 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6767 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6768 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
,
6769 next_die_offset
- DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
,
6770 "Length of Compilation Unit Info");
6771 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF version number");
6772 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, abbrev_section_label
,
6773 "Offset Into Abbrev. Section");
6774 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Pointer Size (in bytes)");
6777 /* Output the compilation unit DIE and its children. */
6780 output_comp_unit (dw_die_ref die
, int output_if_empty
)
6782 const char *secname
;
6785 /* Unless we are outputting main CU, we may throw away empty ones. */
6786 if (!output_if_empty
&& die
->die_child
== NULL
)
6789 /* Even if there are no children of this DIE, we must output the information
6790 about the compilation unit. Otherwise, on an empty translation unit, we
6791 will generate a present, but empty, .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm'
6792 will then complain when examining the file. First mark all the DIEs in
6793 this CU so we know which get local refs. */
6796 build_abbrev_table (die
);
6798 /* Initialize the beginning DIE offset - and calculate sizes/offsets. */
6799 next_die_offset
= DWARF_COMPILE_UNIT_HEADER_SIZE
;
6800 calc_die_sizes (die
);
6802 oldsym
= die
->die_symbol
;
6805 tmp
= alloca (strlen (oldsym
) + 24);
6807 sprintf (tmp
, ".gnu.linkonce.wi.%s", oldsym
);
6809 die
->die_symbol
= NULL
;
6812 secname
= (const char *) DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
;
6814 /* Output debugging information. */
6815 named_section_flags (secname
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
6816 output_compilation_unit_header ();
6819 /* Leave the marks on the main CU, so we can check them in
6824 die
->die_symbol
= oldsym
;
6828 /* The DWARF2 pubname for a nested thingy looks like "A::f". The
6829 output of lang_hooks.decl_printable_name for C++ looks like
6830 "A::f(int)". Let's drop the argument list, and maybe the scope. */
6833 dwarf2_name (tree decl
, int scope
)
6835 return (*lang_hooks
.decl_printable_name
) (decl
, scope
? 1 : 0);
6838 /* Add a new entry to .debug_pubnames if appropriate. */
6841 add_pubname (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6845 if (! TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
6848 if (pubname_table_in_use
== pubname_table_allocated
)
6850 pubname_table_allocated
+= PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6852 = ggc_realloc (pubname_table
,
6853 (pubname_table_allocated
* sizeof (pubname_entry
)));
6854 memset (pubname_table
+ pubname_table_in_use
, 0,
6855 PUBNAME_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (pubname_entry
));
6858 p
= &pubname_table
[pubname_table_in_use
++];
6860 p
->name
= xstrdup (dwarf2_name (decl
, 1));
6863 /* Output the public names table used to speed up access to externally
6864 visible names. For now, only generate entries for externally
6865 visible procedures. */
6868 output_pubnames (void)
6871 unsigned long pubnames_length
= size_of_pubnames ();
6873 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6874 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6875 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6876 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pubnames_length
,
6877 "Length of Public Names Info");
6878 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6879 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6880 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6881 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, next_die_offset
,
6882 "Compilation Unit Length");
6884 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
6886 pubname_ref pub
= &pubname_table
[i
];
6888 /* We shouldn't see pubnames for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6889 if (pub
->die
->die_mark
== 0)
6892 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, pub
->die
->die_offset
,
6895 dw2_asm_output_nstring (pub
->name
, -1, "external name");
6898 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6901 /* Add a new entry to .debug_aranges if appropriate. */
6904 add_arange (tree decl
, dw_die_ref die
)
6906 if (! DECL_SECTION_NAME (decl
))
6909 if (arange_table_in_use
== arange_table_allocated
)
6911 arange_table_allocated
+= ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
6912 arange_table
= ggc_realloc (arange_table
,
6913 (arange_table_allocated
6914 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
)));
6915 memset (arange_table
+ arange_table_in_use
, 0,
6916 ARANGE_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
6919 arange_table
[arange_table_in_use
++] = die
;
6922 /* Output the information that goes into the .debug_aranges table.
6923 Namely, define the beginning and ending address range of the
6924 text section generated for this compilation unit. */
6927 output_aranges (void)
6930 unsigned long aranges_length
= size_of_aranges ();
6932 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
6933 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
6934 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
6935 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, aranges_length
,
6936 "Length of Address Ranges Info");
6937 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
6938 dw2_asm_output_offset (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, debug_info_section_label
,
6939 "Offset of Compilation Unit Info");
6940 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, "Size of Address");
6941 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "Size of Segment Descriptor");
6943 /* We need to align to twice the pointer size here. */
6944 if (DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
)
6946 /* Pad using a 2 byte words so that padding is correct for any
6948 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, "Pad to %d byte boundary",
6949 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
6950 for (i
= 2; i
< (unsigned) DWARF_ARANGES_PAD_SIZE
; i
+= 2)
6951 dw2_asm_output_data (2, 0, NULL
);
6954 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_section_label
, "Address");
6955 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
,
6956 text_section_label
, "Length");
6958 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
6960 dw_die_ref die
= arange_table
[i
];
6962 /* We shouldn't see aranges for DIEs outside of the main CU. */
6963 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
6966 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
6968 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_low_pc (die
),
6970 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, get_AT_hi_pc (die
),
6971 get_AT_low_pc (die
), "Length");
6975 /* A static variable; extract the symbol from DW_AT_location.
6976 Note that this code isn't currently hit, as we only emit
6977 aranges for functions (jason 9/23/99). */
6978 dw_attr_ref a
= get_AT (die
, DW_AT_location
);
6979 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
6981 if (! a
|| AT_class (a
) != dw_val_class_loc
)
6985 if (loc
->dw_loc_opc
!= DW_OP_addr
)
6988 dw2_asm_output_addr_rtx (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6989 loc
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
, "Address");
6990 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
,
6991 get_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
),
6996 /* Output the terminator words. */
6997 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
6998 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7001 /* Add a new entry to .debug_ranges. Return the offset at which it
7005 add_ranges (tree block
)
7007 unsigned int in_use
= ranges_table_in_use
;
7009 if (in_use
== ranges_table_allocated
)
7011 ranges_table_allocated
+= RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
7013 = ggc_realloc (ranges_table
, (ranges_table_allocated
7014 * sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
)));
7015 memset (ranges_table
+ ranges_table_in_use
, 0,
7016 RANGES_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (struct dw_ranges_struct
));
7019 ranges_table
[in_use
].block_num
= (block
? BLOCK_NUMBER (block
) : 0);
7020 ranges_table_in_use
= in_use
+ 1;
7022 return in_use
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
;
7026 output_ranges (void)
7029 static const char *const start_fmt
= "Offset 0x%x";
7030 const char *fmt
= start_fmt
;
7032 for (i
= 0; i
< ranges_table_in_use
; i
++)
7034 int block_num
= ranges_table
[i
].block_num
;
7038 char blabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7039 char elabel
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7041 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (blabel
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, block_num
);
7042 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (elabel
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, block_num
);
7044 /* If all code is in the text section, then the compilation
7045 unit base address defaults to DW_AT_low_pc, which is the
7046 base of the text section. */
7047 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
7049 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7051 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7052 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
,
7053 text_section_label
, NULL
);
7056 /* Otherwise, we add a DW_AT_entry_pc attribute to force the
7057 compilation unit base address to zero, which allows us to
7058 use absolute addresses, and not worry about whether the
7059 target supports cross-section arithmetic. */
7062 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, blabel
,
7063 fmt
, i
* 2 * DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
);
7064 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, elabel
, NULL
);
7071 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7072 dw2_asm_output_data (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, 0, NULL
);
7078 /* Data structure containing information about input files. */
7081 char *path
; /* Complete file name. */
7082 char *fname
; /* File name part. */
7083 int length
; /* Length of entire string. */
7084 int file_idx
; /* Index in input file table. */
7085 int dir_idx
; /* Index in directory table. */
7088 /* Data structure containing information about directories with source
7092 char *path
; /* Path including directory name. */
7093 int length
; /* Path length. */
7094 int prefix
; /* Index of directory entry which is a prefix. */
7095 int count
; /* Number of files in this directory. */
7096 int dir_idx
; /* Index of directory used as base. */
7097 int used
; /* Used in the end? */
7100 /* Callback function for file_info comparison. We sort by looking at
7101 the directories in the path. */
7104 file_info_cmp (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
7106 const struct file_info
*s1
= p1
;
7107 const struct file_info
*s2
= p2
;
7111 /* Take care of file names without directories. We need to make sure that
7112 we return consistent values to qsort since some will get confused if
7113 we return the same value when identical operands are passed in opposite
7114 orders. So if neither has a directory, return 0 and otherwise return
7115 1 or -1 depending on which one has the directory. */
7116 if ((s1
->path
== s1
->fname
|| s2
->path
== s2
->fname
))
7117 return (s2
->path
== s2
->fname
) - (s1
->path
== s1
->fname
);
7119 cp1
= (unsigned char *) s1
->path
;
7120 cp2
= (unsigned char *) s2
->path
;
7126 /* Reached the end of the first path? If so, handle like above. */
7127 if ((cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
)
7128 || (cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
))
7129 return ((cp2
== (unsigned char *) s2
->fname
)
7130 - (cp1
== (unsigned char *) s1
->fname
));
7132 /* Character of current path component the same? */
7133 else if (*cp1
!= *cp2
)
7138 /* Output the directory table and the file name table. We try to minimize
7139 the total amount of memory needed. A heuristic is used to avoid large
7140 slowdowns with many input files. */
7143 output_file_names (void)
7145 struct file_info
*files
;
7146 struct dir_info
*dirs
;
7155 /* Handle the case where file_table is empty. */
7156 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) <= 1)
7158 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7159 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7163 /* Allocate the various arrays we need. */
7164 files
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct file_info
));
7165 dirs
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (struct dir_info
));
7167 /* Sort the file names. */
7168 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7172 /* Skip all leading "./". */
7173 f
= VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
);
7174 while (f
[0] == '.' && f
[1] == '/')
7177 /* Create a new array entry. */
7179 files
[i
].length
= strlen (f
);
7180 files
[i
].file_idx
= i
;
7182 /* Search for the file name part. */
7183 f
= strrchr (f
, '/');
7184 files
[i
].fname
= f
== NULL
? files
[i
].path
: f
+ 1;
7187 qsort (files
+ 1, VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) - 1,
7188 sizeof (files
[0]), file_info_cmp
);
7190 /* Find all the different directories used. */
7191 dirs
[0].path
= files
[1].path
;
7192 dirs
[0].length
= files
[1].fname
- files
[1].path
;
7193 dirs
[0].prefix
= -1;
7195 dirs
[0].dir_idx
= 0;
7197 files
[1].dir_idx
= 0;
7200 for (i
= 2; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7201 if (files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
== dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
7202 && memcmp (dirs
[ndirs
- 1].path
, files
[i
].path
,
7203 dirs
[ndirs
- 1].length
) == 0)
7205 /* Same directory as last entry. */
7206 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
- 1;
7207 ++dirs
[ndirs
- 1].count
;
7213 /* This is a new directory. */
7214 dirs
[ndirs
].path
= files
[i
].path
;
7215 dirs
[ndirs
].length
= files
[i
].fname
- files
[i
].path
;
7216 dirs
[ndirs
].count
= 1;
7217 dirs
[ndirs
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7218 dirs
[ndirs
].used
= 0;
7219 files
[i
].dir_idx
= ndirs
;
7221 /* Search for a prefix. */
7222 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= -1;
7223 for (j
= 0; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7224 if (dirs
[j
].length
< dirs
[ndirs
].length
7225 && dirs
[j
].length
> 1
7226 && (dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
== -1
7227 || dirs
[j
].length
> dirs
[dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
].length
)
7228 && memcmp (dirs
[j
].path
, dirs
[ndirs
].path
, dirs
[j
].length
) == 0)
7229 dirs
[ndirs
].prefix
= j
;
7234 /* Now to the actual work. We have to find a subset of the directories which
7235 allow expressing the file name using references to the directory table
7236 with the least amount of characters. We do not do an exhaustive search
7237 where we would have to check out every combination of every single
7238 possible prefix. Instead we use a heuristic which provides nearly optimal
7239 results in most cases and never is much off. */
7240 saved
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7241 savehere
= alloca (ndirs
* sizeof (int));
7243 memset (saved
, '\0', ndirs
* sizeof (saved
[0]));
7244 for (i
= 0; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7249 /* We can always save some space for the current directory. But this
7250 does not mean it will be enough to justify adding the directory. */
7251 savehere
[i
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7252 total
= (savehere
[i
] - saved
[i
]) * dirs
[i
].count
;
7254 for (j
= i
+ 1; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7257 if (saved
[j
] < dirs
[i
].length
)
7259 /* Determine whether the dirs[i] path is a prefix of the
7264 while (k
!= -1 && k
!= (int) i
)
7269 /* Yes it is. We can possibly safe some memory but
7270 writing the filenames in dirs[j] relative to
7272 savehere
[j
] = dirs
[i
].length
;
7273 total
+= (savehere
[j
] - saved
[j
]) * dirs
[j
].count
;
7278 /* Check whether we can safe enough to justify adding the dirs[i]
7280 if (total
> dirs
[i
].length
+ 1)
7282 /* It's worthwhile adding. */
7283 for (j
= i
; j
< ndirs
; j
++)
7284 if (savehere
[j
] > 0)
7286 /* Remember how much we saved for this directory so far. */
7287 saved
[j
] = savehere
[j
];
7289 /* Remember the prefix directory. */
7290 dirs
[j
].dir_idx
= i
;
7295 /* We have to emit them in the order they appear in the file_table array
7296 since the index is used in the debug info generation. To do this
7297 efficiently we generate a back-mapping of the indices first. */
7298 backmap
= alloca (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
) * sizeof (int));
7299 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7301 backmap
[files
[i
].file_idx
] = i
;
7303 /* Mark this directory as used. */
7304 dirs
[dirs
[files
[i
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
].used
= 1;
7307 /* That was it. We are ready to emit the information. First emit the
7308 directory name table. We have to make sure the first actually emitted
7309 directory name has index one; zero is reserved for the current working
7310 directory. Make sure we do not confuse these indices with the one for the
7311 constructed table (even though most of the time they are identical). */
7313 idx_offset
= dirs
[0].length
> 0 ? 1 : 0;
7314 for (i
= 1 - idx_offset
; i
< ndirs
; i
++)
7315 if (dirs
[i
].used
!= 0)
7317 dirs
[i
].used
= idx
++;
7318 dw2_asm_output_nstring (dirs
[i
].path
, dirs
[i
].length
- 1,
7319 "Directory Entry: 0x%x", dirs
[i
].used
);
7322 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End directory table");
7324 /* Correct the index for the current working directory entry if it
7326 if (idx_offset
== 0)
7329 /* Now write all the file names. */
7330 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
7332 int file_idx
= backmap
[i
];
7333 int dir_idx
= dirs
[files
[file_idx
].dir_idx
].dir_idx
;
7335 dw2_asm_output_nstring (files
[file_idx
].path
+ dirs
[dir_idx
].length
, -1,
7336 "File Entry: 0x%lx", (unsigned long) i
);
7338 /* Include directory index. */
7339 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (dirs
[dir_idx
].used
, NULL
);
7341 /* Modification time. */
7342 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7344 /* File length in bytes. */
7345 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (0, NULL
);
7348 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End file name table");
7352 /* Output the source line number correspondence information. This
7353 information goes into the .debug_line section. */
7356 output_line_info (void)
7358 char l1
[20], l2
[20], p1
[20], p2
[20];
7359 char line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7360 char prev_line_label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
7363 unsigned long lt_index
;
7364 unsigned long current_line
;
7367 unsigned long current_file
;
7368 unsigned long function
;
7370 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l1
, LINE_NUMBER_BEGIN_LABEL
, 0);
7371 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (l2
, LINE_NUMBER_END_LABEL
, 0);
7372 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p1
, LN_PROLOG_AS_LABEL
, 0);
7373 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (p2
, LN_PROLOG_END_LABEL
, 0);
7375 if (DWARF_INITIAL_LENGTH_SIZE
- DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
== 4)
7376 dw2_asm_output_data (4, 0xffffffff,
7377 "Initial length escape value indicating 64-bit DWARF extension");
7378 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, l2
, l1
,
7379 "Length of Source Line Info");
7380 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l1
);
7382 dw2_asm_output_data (2, DWARF_VERSION
, "DWARF Version");
7383 dw2_asm_output_delta (DWARF_OFFSET_SIZE
, p2
, p1
, "Prolog Length");
7384 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p1
);
7386 /* Define the architecture-dependent minimum instruction length (in
7387 bytes). In this implementation of DWARF, this field is used for
7388 information purposes only. Since GCC generates assembly language,
7389 we have no a priori knowledge of how many instruction bytes are
7390 generated for each source line, and therefore can use only the
7391 DW_LNE_set_address and DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc line information
7392 commands. Accordingly, we fix this as `1', which is "correct
7393 enough" for all architectures, and don't let the target override. */
7394 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 1,
7395 "Minimum Instruction Length");
7397 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_DEFAULT_IS_STMT_START
,
7398 "Default is_stmt_start flag");
7399 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_BASE
,
7400 "Line Base Value (Special Opcodes)");
7401 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_RANGE
,
7402 "Line Range Value (Special Opcodes)");
7403 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
,
7404 "Special Opcode Base");
7406 for (opc
= 1; opc
< DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
; opc
++)
7410 case DW_LNS_advance_pc
:
7411 case DW_LNS_advance_line
:
7412 case DW_LNS_set_file
:
7413 case DW_LNS_set_column
:
7414 case DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
:
7422 dw2_asm_output_data (1, n_op_args
, "opcode: 0x%x has %d args",
7426 /* Write out the information about the files we use. */
7427 output_file_names ();
7428 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, p2
);
7430 /* We used to set the address register to the first location in the text
7431 section here, but that didn't accomplish anything since we already
7432 have a line note for the opening brace of the first function. */
7434 /* Generate the line number to PC correspondence table, encoded as
7435 a series of state machine operations. */
7438 strcpy (prev_line_label
, text_section_label
);
7439 for (lt_index
= 1; lt_index
< line_info_table_in_use
; ++lt_index
)
7441 dw_line_info_ref line_info
= &line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7444 /* Disable this optimization for now; GDB wants to see two line notes
7445 at the beginning of a function so it can find the end of the
7448 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. Just updating the
7449 address doesn't accomplish anything, because we already assume
7450 that anything after the last address is this line. */
7451 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7452 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
)
7456 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line.
7458 Unfortunately, we have little choice here currently, and must always
7459 use the most general form. GCC does not know the address delta
7460 itself, so we can't use DW_LNS_advance_pc. Many ports do have length
7461 attributes which will give an upper bound on the address range. We
7462 could perhaps use length attributes to determine when it is safe to
7463 use DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc. */
7465 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
, lt_index
);
7468 /* This can handle deltas up to 0xffff. This takes 3 bytes. */
7469 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7470 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7471 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7475 /* This can handle any delta. This takes
7476 4+DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE bytes. */
7477 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7478 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7479 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7480 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7483 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7485 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7486 different from the previous line. */
7487 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7489 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7490 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7491 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7492 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7496 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7497 that uses the least amount of space. */
7498 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7500 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7501 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7502 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7503 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7504 /* This can handle deltas from -10 to 234, using the current
7505 definitions of DWARF_LINE_BASE and DWARF_LINE_RANGE. This
7507 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7508 "line %lu", current_line
);
7511 /* This can handle any delta. This takes at least 4 bytes,
7512 depending on the value being encoded. */
7513 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7514 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7515 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7516 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7520 /* We still need to start a new row, so output a copy insn. */
7521 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7524 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7527 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7528 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7529 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, text_end_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7533 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7534 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7535 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7536 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, text_end_label
, NULL
);
7539 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7540 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7541 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7546 for (lt_index
= 0; lt_index
< separate_line_info_table_in_use
;)
7548 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
7549 = &separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
];
7552 /* Don't emit anything for redundant notes. */
7553 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
== current_line
7554 && line_info
->dw_file_num
== current_file
7555 && line_info
->function
== function
)
7559 /* Emit debug info for the address of the current line. If this is
7560 a new function, or the first line of a function, then we need
7561 to handle it differently. */
7562 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
7564 if (function
!= line_info
->function
)
7566 function
= line_info
->function
;
7568 /* Set the address register to the first line in the function. */
7569 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7570 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7571 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7572 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7576 /* ??? See the DW_LNS_advance_pc comment above. */
7579 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7580 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7581 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7585 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7586 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7587 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7588 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7592 strcpy (prev_line_label
, line_label
);
7594 /* Emit debug info for the source file of the current line, if
7595 different from the previous line. */
7596 if (line_info
->dw_file_num
!= current_file
)
7598 current_file
= line_info
->dw_file_num
;
7599 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_set_file
, "DW_LNS_set_file");
7600 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (current_file
, "(\"%s\")",
7601 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
,
7605 /* Emit debug info for the current line number, choosing the encoding
7606 that uses the least amount of space. */
7607 if (line_info
->dw_line_num
!= current_line
)
7609 line_offset
= line_info
->dw_line_num
- current_line
;
7610 line_delta
= line_offset
- DWARF_LINE_BASE
;
7611 current_line
= line_info
->dw_line_num
;
7612 if (line_delta
>= 0 && line_delta
< (DWARF_LINE_RANGE
- 1))
7613 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DWARF_LINE_OPCODE_BASE
+ line_delta
,
7614 "line %lu", current_line
);
7617 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_advance_line
,
7618 "advance to line %lu", current_line
);
7619 dw2_asm_output_data_sleb128 (line_offset
, NULL
);
7620 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7624 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_copy
, "DW_LNS_copy");
7632 /* If we're done with a function, end its sequence. */
7633 if (lt_index
== separate_line_info_table_in_use
7634 || separate_line_info_table
[lt_index
].function
!= function
)
7639 /* Emit debug info for the address of the end of the function. */
7640 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (line_label
, FUNC_END_LABEL
, function
);
7643 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc
,
7644 "DW_LNS_fixed_advance_pc");
7645 dw2_asm_output_delta (2, line_label
, prev_line_label
, NULL
);
7649 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_set_address");
7650 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1 + DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, NULL
);
7651 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_set_address
, NULL
);
7652 dw2_asm_output_addr (DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
, line_label
, NULL
);
7655 /* Output the marker for the end of this sequence. */
7656 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "DW_LNE_end_sequence");
7657 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (1, NULL
);
7658 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_LNE_end_sequence
, NULL
);
7662 /* Output the marker for the end of the line number info. */
7663 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, l2
);
7666 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for some base type, return a pointer to
7667 a DIE that describes the given type.
7669 This routine must only be called for GCC type nodes that correspond to
7670 Dwarf base (fundamental) types. */
7673 base_type_die (tree type
)
7675 dw_die_ref base_type_result
;
7676 const char *type_name
;
7677 enum dwarf_type encoding
;
7678 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7680 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
|| TREE_CODE (type
) == VOID_TYPE
)
7685 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7686 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7688 type_name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
);
7691 type_name
= "__unknown__";
7693 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7696 /* Carefully distinguish the C character types, without messing
7697 up if the language is not C. Note that we check only for the names
7698 that contain spaces; other names might occur by coincidence in other
7700 if (! (TYPE_PRECISION (type
) == CHAR_TYPE_SIZE
7701 && (type
== char_type_node
7702 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "signed char")
7703 || ! strcmp (type_name
, "unsigned char"))))
7705 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7706 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned
;
7708 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed
;
7711 /* else fall through. */
7714 /* GNU Pascal/Ada CHAR type. Not used in C. */
7715 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (type
))
7716 encoding
= DW_ATE_unsigned_char
;
7718 encoding
= DW_ATE_signed_char
;
7722 encoding
= DW_ATE_float
;
7725 /* Dwarf2 doesn't know anything about complex ints, so use
7726 a user defined type for it. */
7728 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == REAL_TYPE
)
7729 encoding
= DW_ATE_complex_float
;
7731 encoding
= DW_ATE_lo_user
;
7735 /* GNU FORTRAN/Ada/C++ BOOLEAN type. */
7736 encoding
= DW_ATE_boolean
;
7740 /* No other TREE_CODEs are Dwarf fundamental types. */
7744 base_type_result
= new_die (DW_TAG_base_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7745 if (demangle_name_func
)
7746 type_name
= (*demangle_name_func
) (type_name
);
7748 add_AT_string (base_type_result
, DW_AT_name
, type_name
);
7749 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7750 int_size_in_bytes (type
));
7751 add_AT_unsigned (base_type_result
, DW_AT_encoding
, encoding
);
7753 return base_type_result
;
7756 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a pointer to
7757 the Dwarf "root" type for the given input type. The Dwarf "root" type of
7758 a given type is generally the same as the given type, except that if the
7759 given type is a pointer or reference type, then the root type of the given
7760 type is the root type of the "basis" type for the pointer or reference
7761 type. (This definition of the "root" type is recursive.) Also, the root
7762 type of a `const' qualified type or a `volatile' qualified type is the
7763 root type of the given type without the qualifiers. */
7766 root_type (tree type
)
7768 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7769 return error_mark_node
;
7771 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7774 return error_mark_node
;
7777 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7778 return type_main_variant (root_type (TREE_TYPE (type
)));
7781 return type_main_variant (type
);
7785 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return nonzero if the
7786 given input type is a Dwarf "fundamental" type. Otherwise return null. */
7789 is_base_type (tree type
)
7791 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
7806 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
7811 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
7825 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, assumed to be some kind of a ..._TYPE
7826 node, return the size in bits for the type if it is a constant, or else
7827 return the alignment for the type if the type's size is not constant, or
7828 else return BITS_PER_WORD if the type actually turns out to be an
7831 static inline unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
7832 simple_type_size_in_bits (tree type
)
7834 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ERROR_MARK
)
7835 return BITS_PER_WORD
;
7836 else if (TYPE_SIZE (type
) == NULL_TREE
)
7838 else if (host_integerp (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1))
7839 return tree_low_cst (TYPE_SIZE (type
), 1);
7841 return TYPE_ALIGN (type
);
7844 /* Return true if the debug information for the given type should be
7845 emitted as a subrange type. */
7848 is_subrange_type (tree type
)
7850 tree subtype
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7852 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
7853 && subtype
!= NULL_TREE
)
7855 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == INTEGER_TYPE
)
7857 if (TREE_CODE (subtype
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7863 /* Given a pointer to a tree node for a subrange type, return a pointer
7864 to a DIE that describes the given type. */
7867 subrange_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
7869 dw_die_ref subtype_die
;
7870 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
7871 tree name
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
7872 const HOST_WIDE_INT size_in_bytes
= int_size_in_bytes (type
);
7874 if (context_die
== NULL
)
7875 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
7877 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
7878 subtype_die
= gen_enumeration_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
7880 subtype_die
= base_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
));
7882 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, context_die
, type
);
7886 if (TREE_CODE (name
) == TYPE_DECL
)
7887 name
= DECL_NAME (name
);
7888 add_name_attribute (subrange_die
, IDENTIFIER_POINTER (name
));
7891 if (int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (type
)) != size_in_bytes
)
7893 /* The size of the subrange type and its base type do not match,
7894 so we need to generate a size attribute for the subrange type. */
7895 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size_in_bytes
);
7898 if (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7899 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
,
7900 TYPE_MIN_VALUE (type
));
7901 if (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
) != NULL
)
7902 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
,
7903 TYPE_MAX_VALUE (type
));
7904 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, DW_AT_type
, subtype_die
);
7906 return subrange_die
;
7909 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return a debugging
7910 entry that chains various modifiers in front of the given type. */
7913 modified_type_die (tree type
, int is_const_type
, int is_volatile_type
,
7914 dw_die_ref context_die
)
7916 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
7917 dw_die_ref mod_type_die
= NULL
;
7918 dw_die_ref sub_die
= NULL
;
7919 tree item_type
= NULL
;
7921 if (code
!= ERROR_MARK
)
7923 tree qualified_type
;
7925 /* See if we already have the appropriately qualified variant of
7928 = get_qualified_type (type
,
7929 ((is_const_type
? TYPE_QUAL_CONST
: 0)
7931 ? TYPE_QUAL_VOLATILE
: 0)));
7933 /* If we do, then we can just use its DIE, if it exists. */
7936 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7938 return mod_type_die
;
7941 /* Handle C typedef types. */
7942 if (qualified_type
&& TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)
7943 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)) == TYPE_DECL
7944 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
)))
7946 tree type_name
= TYPE_NAME (qualified_type
);
7947 tree dtype
= TREE_TYPE (type_name
);
7949 if (qualified_type
== dtype
)
7951 /* For a named type, use the typedef. */
7952 gen_type_die (qualified_type
, context_die
);
7953 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (qualified_type
);
7955 else if (is_const_type
< TYPE_READONLY (dtype
)
7956 || is_volatile_type
< TYPE_VOLATILE (dtype
))
7957 /* cv-unqualified version of named type. Just use the unnamed
7958 type to which it refers. */
7960 = modified_type_die (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (type_name
),
7961 is_const_type
, is_volatile_type
,
7964 /* Else cv-qualified version of named type; fall through. */
7970 else if (is_const_type
)
7972 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_const_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7973 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, is_volatile_type
, context_die
);
7975 else if (is_volatile_type
)
7977 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_volatile_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7978 sub_die
= modified_type_die (type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
7980 else if (code
== POINTER_TYPE
)
7982 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7983 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7984 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7986 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7988 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
7990 else if (code
== REFERENCE_TYPE
)
7992 mod_type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, comp_unit_die
, type
);
7993 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
,
7994 simple_type_size_in_bits (type
) / BITS_PER_UNIT
);
7996 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_address_class
, 0);
7998 item_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
8000 else if (is_subrange_type (type
))
8001 mod_type_die
= subrange_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8002 else if (is_base_type (type
))
8003 mod_type_die
= base_type_die (type
);
8006 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
8008 /* We have to get the type_main_variant here (and pass that to the
8009 `lookup_type_die' routine) because the ..._TYPE node we have
8010 might simply be a *copy* of some original type node (where the
8011 copy was created to help us keep track of typedef names) and
8012 that copy might have a different TYPE_UID from the original
8014 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
8015 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type_main_variant (type
));
8017 /* Vectors have the debugging information in the type,
8018 not the main variant. */
8019 mod_type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
8020 if (mod_type_die
== NULL
)
8024 /* We want to equate the qualified type to the die below. */
8025 type
= qualified_type
;
8029 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, mod_type_die
);
8031 /* We must do this after the equate_type_number_to_die call, in case
8032 this is a recursive type. This ensures that the modified_type_die
8033 recursion will terminate even if the type is recursive. Recursive
8034 types are possible in Ada. */
8035 sub_die
= modified_type_die (item_type
,
8036 TYPE_READONLY (item_type
),
8037 TYPE_VOLATILE (item_type
),
8040 if (sub_die
!= NULL
)
8041 add_AT_die_ref (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_type
, sub_die
);
8043 return mod_type_die
;
8046 /* Given a pointer to an arbitrary ..._TYPE tree node, return true if it is
8047 an enumerated type. */
8050 type_is_enum (tree type
)
8052 return TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
;
8055 /* Return the register number described by a given RTL node. */
8058 reg_number (rtx rtl
)
8060 unsigned regno
= REGNO (rtl
);
8062 if (regno
>= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8065 return DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (regno
);
8068 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register or
8069 zero if there is none. */
8071 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8072 reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8077 if (REGNO (rtl
) >= FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8080 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8081 regs
= (*targetm
.dwarf_register_span
) (rtl
);
8083 if (HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
)) > 1
8085 return multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
, regs
);
8087 return one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8090 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a machine register for
8091 a given hard register number. */
8093 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8094 one_reg_loc_descriptor (unsigned int regno
)
8097 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_reg0
+ regno
, 0, 0);
8099 return new_loc_descr (DW_OP_regx
, regno
, 0);
8102 /* Given an RTL of a register, return a location descriptor that
8103 designates a value that spans more than one register. */
8105 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8106 multiple_reg_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, rtx regs
)
8110 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8112 reg
= reg_number (rtl
);
8113 nregs
= HARD_REGNO_NREGS (reg
, GET_MODE (rtl
));
8115 /* Simple, contiguous registers. */
8116 if (regs
== NULL_RTX
)
8118 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (rtl
)) / nregs
;
8125 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (reg
);
8126 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8127 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8133 /* Now onto stupid register sets in non contiguous locations. */
8135 if (GET_CODE (regs
) != PARALLEL
)
8138 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8141 for (i
= 0; i
< XVECLEN (regs
, 0); ++i
)
8145 t
= one_reg_loc_descriptor (REGNO (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, i
)));
8146 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, t
);
8147 size
= GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (XVECEXP (regs
, 0, 0)));
8148 add_loc_descr (&loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, size
, 0));
8153 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a constant. */
8155 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8156 int_loc_descriptor (HOST_WIDE_INT i
)
8158 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8160 /* Pick the smallest representation of a constant, rather than just
8161 defaulting to the LEB encoding. */
8165 op
= DW_OP_lit0
+ i
;
8168 else if (i
<= 0xffff)
8170 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8180 else if (i
>= -0x8000)
8182 else if (HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
== 32
8183 || i
>= -0x80000000)
8189 return new_loc_descr (op
, i
, 0);
8192 /* Return a location descriptor that designates a base+offset location. */
8194 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8195 based_loc_descr (unsigned int reg
, HOST_WIDE_INT offset
)
8197 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
;
8198 /* For the "frame base", we use the frame pointer or stack pointer
8199 registers, since the RTL for local variables is relative to one of
8201 unsigned fp_reg
= DBX_REGISTER_NUMBER (frame_pointer_needed
8202 ? HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
8203 : STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
);
8206 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_fbreg
, offset
, 0);
8208 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_breg0
+ reg
, offset
, 0);
8210 loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bregx
, reg
, offset
);
8215 /* Return true if this RTL expression describes a base+offset calculation. */
8218 is_based_loc (rtx rtl
)
8220 return (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PLUS
8221 && ((GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == REG
8222 && REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
8223 && GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
)));
8226 /* The following routine converts the RTL for a variable or parameter
8227 (resident in memory) into an equivalent Dwarf representation of a
8228 mechanism for getting the address of that same variable onto the top of a
8229 hypothetical "address evaluation" stack.
8231 When creating memory location descriptors, we are effectively transforming
8232 the RTL for a memory-resident object into its Dwarf postfix expression
8233 equivalent. This routine recursively descends an RTL tree, turning
8234 it into Dwarf postfix code as it goes.
8236 MODE is the mode of the memory reference, needed to handle some
8237 autoincrement addressing modes.
8239 Return 0 if we can't represent the location. */
8241 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8242 mem_loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
, enum machine_mode mode
)
8244 dw_loc_descr_ref mem_loc_result
= NULL
;
8246 /* Note that for a dynamically sized array, the location we will generate a
8247 description of here will be the lowest numbered location which is
8248 actually within the array. That's *not* necessarily the same as the
8249 zeroth element of the array. */
8251 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8253 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8258 /* POST_INC and POST_DEC can be handled just like a SUBREG. So we
8259 just fall into the SUBREG code. */
8261 /* ... fall through ... */
8264 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8265 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8266 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8267 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8268 contains the given subreg. */
8269 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8271 /* ... fall through ... */
8274 /* Whenever a register number forms a part of the description of the
8275 method for calculating the (dynamic) address of a memory resident
8276 object, DWARF rules require the register number be referred to as
8277 a "base register". This distinction is not based in any way upon
8278 what category of register the hardware believes the given register
8279 belongs to. This is strictly DWARF terminology we're dealing with
8280 here. Note that in cases where the location of a memory-resident
8281 data object could be expressed as: OP_ADD (OP_BASEREG (basereg),
8282 OP_CONST (0)) the actual DWARF location descriptor that we generate
8283 may just be OP_BASEREG (basereg). This may look deceptively like
8284 the object in question was allocated to a register (rather than in
8285 memory) so DWARF consumers need to be aware of the subtle
8286 distinction between OP_REG and OP_BASEREG. */
8287 if (REGNO (rtl
) < FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER
)
8288 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (rtl
), 0);
8292 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8293 if (mem_loc_result
!= 0)
8294 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0));
8298 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8300 /* ... fall through ... */
8303 /* Some ports can transform a symbol ref into a label ref, because
8304 the symbol ref is too far away and has to be dumped into a constant
8308 /* Alternatively, the symbol in the constant pool might be referenced
8309 by a different symbol. */
8310 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == SYMBOL_REF
&& CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (rtl
))
8313 rtx tmp
= get_pool_constant_mark (rtl
, &marked
);
8315 if (GET_CODE (tmp
) == SYMBOL_REF
)
8318 if (CONSTANT_POOL_ADDRESS_P (tmp
))
8319 get_pool_constant_mark (tmp
, &marked
);
8324 /* If all references to this pool constant were optimized away,
8325 it was not output and thus we can't represent it.
8326 FIXME: might try to use DW_OP_const_value here, though
8327 DW_OP_piece complicates it. */
8332 mem_loc_result
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8333 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8334 mem_loc_result
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8335 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
8339 /* Extract the PLUS expression nested inside and fall into
8341 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 1);
8346 /* Turn these into a PLUS expression and fall into the PLUS code
8348 rtl
= gen_rtx_PLUS (word_mode
, XEXP (rtl
, 0),
8349 GEN_INT (GET_CODE (rtl
) == PRE_INC
8350 ? GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)
8351 : -GET_MODE_UNIT_SIZE (mode
)));
8353 /* ... fall through ... */
8357 if (is_based_loc (rtl
))
8358 mem_loc_result
= based_loc_descr (reg_number (XEXP (rtl
, 0)),
8359 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)));
8362 mem_loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8363 if (mem_loc_result
== 0)
8366 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) == CONST_INT
8367 && INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)) >= 0)
8368 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8369 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8370 INTVAL (XEXP (rtl
, 1)), 0));
8373 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8374 mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
));
8375 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
,
8376 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8383 /* If a pseudo-reg is optimized away, it is possible for it to
8384 be replaced with a MEM containing a multiply. */
8385 dw_loc_descr_ref op0
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), mode
);
8386 dw_loc_descr_ref op1
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 1), mode
);
8388 if (op0
== 0 || op1
== 0)
8391 mem_loc_result
= op0
;
8392 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, op1
);
8393 add_loc_descr (&mem_loc_result
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_mul
, 0, 0));
8398 mem_loc_result
= int_loc_descriptor (INTVAL (rtl
));
8402 /* If this is a MEM, return its address. Otherwise, we can't
8404 if (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == MEM
)
8405 return mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (XEXP (rtl
, 0), 0), mode
);
8413 return mem_loc_result
;
8416 /* Return a descriptor that describes the concatenation of two locations.
8417 This is typically a complex variable. */
8419 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8420 concat_loc_descriptor (rtx x0
, rtx x1
)
8422 dw_loc_descr_ref cc_loc_result
= NULL
;
8423 dw_loc_descr_ref x0_ref
= loc_descriptor (x0
);
8424 dw_loc_descr_ref x1_ref
= loc_descriptor (x1
);
8426 if (x0_ref
== 0 || x1_ref
== 0)
8429 cc_loc_result
= x0_ref
;
8430 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8431 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8432 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x0
)), 0));
8434 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
, x1_ref
);
8435 add_loc_descr (&cc_loc_result
,
8436 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
8437 GET_MODE_SIZE (GET_MODE (x1
)), 0));
8439 return cc_loc_result
;
8442 /* Output a proper Dwarf location descriptor for a variable or parameter
8443 which is either allocated in a register or in a memory location. For a
8444 register, we just generate an OP_REG and the register number. For a
8445 memory location we provide a Dwarf postfix expression describing how to
8446 generate the (dynamic) address of the object onto the address stack.
8448 If we don't know how to describe it, return 0. */
8450 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8451 loc_descriptor (rtx rtl
)
8453 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_result
= NULL
;
8455 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
8458 /* The case of a subreg may arise when we have a local (register)
8459 variable or a formal (register) parameter which doesn't quite fill
8460 up an entire register. For now, just assume that it is
8461 legitimate to make the Dwarf info refer to the whole register which
8462 contains the given subreg. */
8463 rtl
= SUBREG_REG (rtl
);
8465 /* ... fall through ... */
8468 loc_result
= reg_loc_descriptor (rtl
);
8472 loc_result
= mem_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), GET_MODE (rtl
));
8476 loc_result
= concat_loc_descriptor (XEXP (rtl
, 0), XEXP (rtl
, 1));
8486 /* Similar, but generate the descriptor from trees instead of rtl. This comes
8487 up particularly with variable length arrays. If ADDRESSP is nonzero, we are
8488 looking for an address. Otherwise, we return a value. If we can't make a
8489 descriptor, return 0. */
8491 static dw_loc_descr_ref
8492 loc_descriptor_from_tree (tree loc
, int addressp
)
8494 dw_loc_descr_ref ret
, ret1
;
8496 int unsignedp
= TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8497 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
8499 /* ??? Most of the time we do not take proper care for sign/zero
8500 extending the values properly. Hopefully this won't be a real
8503 switch (TREE_CODE (loc
))
8508 case WITH_RECORD_EXPR
:
8509 case PLACEHOLDER_EXPR
:
8510 /* This case involves extracting fields from an object to determine the
8511 position of other fields. We don't try to encode this here. The
8512 only user of this is Ada, which encodes the needed information using
8513 the names of types. */
8520 /* We can support this only if we can look through conversions and
8521 find an INDIRECT_EXPR. */
8522 for (loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0);
8523 TREE_CODE (loc
) == CONVERT_EXPR
|| TREE_CODE (loc
) == NOP_EXPR
8524 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == NON_LVALUE_EXPR
8525 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
8526 || TREE_CODE (loc
) == SAVE_EXPR
;
8527 loc
= TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))
8530 return (TREE_CODE (loc
) == INDIRECT_REF
8531 ? loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
)
8535 if (DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (loc
))
8539 #ifndef ASM_OUTPUT_DWARF_DTPREL
8540 /* If this is not defined, we have no way to emit the data. */
8544 /* The way DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address is specified, we can only
8545 look up addresses of objects in the current module. */
8546 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (loc
))
8549 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8550 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8553 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8555 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8556 if (! CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8559 ret
= new_loc_descr (INTERNAL_DW_OP_tls_addr
, 0, 0);
8560 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8561 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8563 ret1
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_GNU_push_tls_address
, 0, 0);
8564 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8573 rtx rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (loc
);
8575 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
8577 else if (CONSTANT_P (rtl
))
8579 ret
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_addr
, 0, 0);
8580 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_addr
;
8581 ret
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_addr
= rtl
;
8586 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8588 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
8591 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8594 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8600 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8605 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), addressp
);
8609 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
8610 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
8613 return loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), addressp
);
8618 case ARRAY_RANGE_REF
:
8621 HOST_WIDE_INT bitsize
, bitpos
, bytepos
;
8622 enum machine_mode mode
;
8625 obj
= get_inner_reference (loc
, &bitsize
, &bitpos
, &offset
, &mode
,
8626 &unsignedp
, &volatilep
);
8631 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (obj
, 1);
8633 || bitpos
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0 || bitsize
% BITS_PER_UNIT
!= 0)
8636 if (offset
!= NULL_TREE
)
8638 /* Variable offset. */
8639 add_loc_descr (&ret
, loc_descriptor_from_tree (offset
, 0));
8640 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8646 bytepos
= bitpos
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
8648 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
, bytepos
, 0));
8649 else if (bytepos
< 0)
8651 add_loc_descr (&ret
, int_loc_descriptor (bytepos
));
8652 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0));
8658 if (host_integerp (loc
, 0))
8659 ret
= int_loc_descriptor (tree_low_cst (loc
, 0));
8666 /* Get an RTL for this, if something has been emitted. */
8667 rtx rtl
= lookup_constant_def (loc
);
8668 enum machine_mode mode
;
8670 if (GET_CODE (rtl
) != MEM
)
8672 mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
8673 rtl
= XEXP (rtl
, 0);
8675 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
8678 ret
= mem_loc_descriptor (rtl
, mode
);
8682 case TRUTH_AND_EXPR
:
8683 case TRUTH_ANDIF_EXPR
:
8688 case TRUTH_XOR_EXPR
:
8694 case TRUTH_ORIF_EXPR
:
8699 case FLOOR_DIV_EXPR
:
8701 case ROUND_DIV_EXPR
:
8702 case TRUNC_DIV_EXPR
:
8710 case FLOOR_MOD_EXPR
:
8712 case ROUND_MOD_EXPR
:
8713 case TRUNC_MOD_EXPR
:
8726 op
= (unsignedp
? DW_OP_shr
: DW_OP_shra
);
8730 if (TREE_CODE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)) == INTEGER_CST
8731 && host_integerp (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0))
8733 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8737 add_loc_descr (&ret
,
8738 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus_uconst
,
8739 tree_low_cst (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1),
8749 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8756 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8763 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8770 if (TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0))))
8785 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8786 ret1
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8787 if (ret
== 0 || ret1
== 0)
8790 add_loc_descr (&ret
, ret1
);
8791 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8794 case TRUTH_NOT_EXPR
:
8808 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8812 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, 0, 0));
8816 loc
= build (COND_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (loc
),
8817 build (LT_EXPR
, integer_type_node
,
8818 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1)),
8819 TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0));
8821 /* ... fall through ... */
8825 dw_loc_descr_ref lhs
8826 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 1), 0);
8827 dw_loc_descr_ref rhs
8828 = loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 2), 0);
8829 dw_loc_descr_ref bra_node
, jump_node
, tmp
;
8831 ret
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (TREE_OPERAND (loc
, 0), 0);
8832 if (ret
== 0 || lhs
== 0 || rhs
== 0)
8835 bra_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_bra
, 0, 0);
8836 add_loc_descr (&ret
, bra_node
);
8838 add_loc_descr (&ret
, rhs
);
8839 jump_node
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_skip
, 0, 0);
8840 add_loc_descr (&ret
, jump_node
);
8842 add_loc_descr (&ret
, lhs
);
8843 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8844 bra_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= lhs
;
8846 /* ??? Need a node to point the skip at. Use a nop. */
8847 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_nop
, 0, 0);
8848 add_loc_descr (&ret
, tmp
);
8849 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.val_class
= dw_val_class_loc
;
8850 jump_node
->dw_loc_oprnd1
.v
.val_loc
= tmp
;
8855 /* Leave front-end specific codes as simply unknown. This comes
8856 up, for instance, with the C STMT_EXPR. */
8857 if ((unsigned int) TREE_CODE (loc
)
8858 >= (unsigned int) LAST_AND_UNUSED_TREE_CODE
)
8861 /* Otherwise this is a generic code; we should just lists all of
8862 these explicitly. Aborting means we forgot one. */
8866 /* Show if we can't fill the request for an address. */
8867 if (addressp
&& indirect_p
== 0)
8870 /* If we've got an address and don't want one, dereference. */
8871 if (!addressp
&& indirect_p
> 0)
8873 HOST_WIDE_INT size
= int_size_in_bytes (TREE_TYPE (loc
));
8875 if (size
> DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
|| size
== -1)
8877 else if (size
== DWARF2_ADDR_SIZE
)
8880 op
= DW_OP_deref_size
;
8882 add_loc_descr (&ret
, new_loc_descr (op
, size
, 0));
8888 /* Given a value, round it up to the lowest multiple of `boundary'
8889 which is not less than the value itself. */
8891 static inline HOST_WIDE_INT
8892 ceiling (HOST_WIDE_INT value
, unsigned int boundary
)
8894 return (((value
+ boundary
- 1) / boundary
) * boundary
);
8897 /* Given a pointer to what is assumed to be a FIELD_DECL node, return a
8898 pointer to the declared type for the relevant field variable, or return
8899 `integer_type_node' if the given node turns out to be an
8903 field_type (tree decl
)
8907 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8908 return integer_type_node
;
8910 type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
8911 if (type
== NULL_TREE
)
8912 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
8917 /* Given a pointer to a tree node, return the alignment in bits for
8918 it, or else return BITS_PER_WORD if the node actually turns out to
8919 be an ERROR_MARK node. */
8921 static inline unsigned
8922 simple_type_align_in_bits (tree type
)
8924 return (TREE_CODE (type
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? TYPE_ALIGN (type
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8927 static inline unsigned
8928 simple_decl_align_in_bits (tree decl
)
8930 return (TREE_CODE (decl
) != ERROR_MARK
) ? DECL_ALIGN (decl
) : BITS_PER_WORD
;
8933 /* Given a pointer to a FIELD_DECL, compute and return the byte offset of the
8934 lowest addressed byte of the "containing object" for the given FIELD_DECL,
8935 or return 0 if we are unable to determine what that offset is, either
8936 because the argument turns out to be a pointer to an ERROR_MARK node, or
8937 because the offset is actually variable. (We can't handle the latter case
8940 static HOST_WIDE_INT
8941 field_byte_offset (tree decl
)
8943 unsigned int type_align_in_bits
;
8944 unsigned int decl_align_in_bits
;
8945 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT type_size_in_bits
;
8946 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bits
;
8948 tree field_size_tree
;
8949 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
8950 HOST_WIDE_INT deepest_bitpos
;
8951 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT field_size_in_bits
;
8953 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
8955 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
8958 type
= field_type (decl
);
8959 field_size_tree
= DECL_SIZE (decl
);
8961 /* The size could be unspecified if there was an error, or for
8962 a flexible array member. */
8963 if (! field_size_tree
)
8964 field_size_tree
= bitsize_zero_node
;
8966 /* We cannot yet cope with fields whose positions are variable, so
8967 for now, when we see such things, we simply return 0. Someday, we may
8968 be able to handle such cases, but it will be damn difficult. */
8969 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0))
8972 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
8974 /* If we don't know the size of the field, pretend it's a full word. */
8975 if (host_integerp (field_size_tree
, 1))
8976 field_size_in_bits
= tree_low_cst (field_size_tree
, 1);
8978 field_size_in_bits
= BITS_PER_WORD
;
8980 type_size_in_bits
= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
8981 type_align_in_bits
= simple_type_align_in_bits (type
);
8982 decl_align_in_bits
= simple_decl_align_in_bits (decl
);
8984 /* The GCC front-end doesn't make any attempt to keep track of the starting
8985 bit offset (relative to the start of the containing structure type) of the
8986 hypothetical "containing object" for a bit-field. Thus, when computing
8987 the byte offset value for the start of the "containing object" of a
8988 bit-field, we must deduce this information on our own. This can be rather
8989 tricky to do in some cases. For example, handling the following structure
8990 type definition when compiling for an i386/i486 target (which only aligns
8991 long long's to 32-bit boundaries) can be very tricky:
8993 struct S { int field1; long long field2:31; };
8995 Fortunately, there is a simple rule-of-thumb which can be used in such
8996 cases. When compiling for an i386/i486, GCC will allocate 8 bytes for the
8997 structure shown above. It decides to do this based upon one simple rule
8998 for bit-field allocation. GCC allocates each "containing object" for each
8999 bit-field at the first (i.e. lowest addressed) legitimate alignment
9000 boundary (based upon the required minimum alignment for the declared type
9001 of the field) which it can possibly use, subject to the condition that
9002 there is still enough available space remaining in the containing object
9003 (when allocated at the selected point) to fully accommodate all of the
9004 bits of the bit-field itself.
9006 This simple rule makes it obvious why GCC allocates 8 bytes for each
9007 object of the structure type shown above. When looking for a place to
9008 allocate the "containing object" for `field2', the compiler simply tries
9009 to allocate a 64-bit "containing object" at each successive 32-bit
9010 boundary (starting at zero) until it finds a place to allocate that 64-
9011 bit field such that at least 31 contiguous (and previously unallocated)
9012 bits remain within that selected 64 bit field. (As it turns out, for the
9013 example above, the compiler finds it is OK to allocate the "containing
9014 object" 64-bit field at bit-offset zero within the structure type.)
9016 Here we attempt to work backwards from the limited set of facts we're
9017 given, and we try to deduce from those facts, where GCC must have believed
9018 that the containing object started (within the structure type). The value
9019 we deduce is then used (by the callers of this routine) to generate
9020 DW_AT_location and DW_AT_bit_offset attributes for fields (both bit-fields
9021 and, in the case of DW_AT_location, regular fields as well). */
9023 /* Figure out the bit-distance from the start of the structure to the
9024 "deepest" bit of the bit-field. */
9025 deepest_bitpos
= bitpos_int
+ field_size_in_bits
;
9027 /* This is the tricky part. Use some fancy footwork to deduce where the
9028 lowest addressed bit of the containing object must be. */
9029 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9031 /* Round up to type_align by default. This works best for bitfields. */
9032 object_offset_in_bits
+= type_align_in_bits
- 1;
9033 object_offset_in_bits
/= type_align_in_bits
;
9034 object_offset_in_bits
*= type_align_in_bits
;
9036 if (object_offset_in_bits
> bitpos_int
)
9038 /* Sigh, the decl must be packed. */
9039 object_offset_in_bits
= deepest_bitpos
- type_size_in_bits
;
9041 /* Round up to decl_align instead. */
9042 object_offset_in_bits
+= decl_align_in_bits
- 1;
9043 object_offset_in_bits
/= decl_align_in_bits
;
9044 object_offset_in_bits
*= decl_align_in_bits
;
9047 return object_offset_in_bits
/ BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9050 /* The following routines define various Dwarf attributes and any data
9051 associated with them. */
9053 /* Add a location description attribute value to a DIE.
9055 This emits location attributes suitable for whole variables and
9056 whole parameters. Note that the location attributes for struct fields are
9057 generated by the routine `data_member_location_attribute' below. */
9060 add_AT_location_description (dw_die_ref die
, enum dwarf_attribute attr_kind
,
9061 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
)
9064 add_AT_loc (die
, attr_kind
, descr
);
9067 /* Attach the specialized form of location attribute used for data members of
9068 struct and union types. In the special case of a FIELD_DECL node which
9069 represents a bit-field, the "offset" part of this special location
9070 descriptor must indicate the distance in bytes from the lowest-addressed
9071 byte of the containing struct or union type to the lowest-addressed byte of
9072 the "containing object" for the bit-field. (See the `field_byte_offset'
9075 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9076 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9077 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9078 declared type of the individual bit-field itself (for GCC anyway... the
9079 DWARF spec doesn't actually mandate this). Note that it is the size (in
9080 bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object" which will be given in the
9081 DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field. (See the
9082 `byte_size_attribute' function below.) It is also used when calculating the
9083 value of the DW_AT_bit_offset attribute. (See the `bit_offset_attribute'
9087 add_data_member_location_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9089 HOST_WIDE_INT offset
;
9090 dw_loc_descr_ref loc_descr
= 0;
9092 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TREE_VEC
)
9094 /* We're working on the TAG_inheritance for a base class. */
9095 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (decl
) && is_cxx ())
9097 /* For C++ virtual bases we can't just use BINFO_OFFSET, as they
9098 aren't at a fixed offset from all (sub)objects of the same
9099 type. We need to extract the appropriate offset from our
9100 vtable. The following dwarf expression means
9102 BaseAddr = ObAddr + *((*ObAddr) - Offset)
9104 This is specific to the V3 ABI, of course. */
9106 dw_loc_descr_ref tmp
;
9108 /* Make a copy of the object address. */
9109 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_dup
, 0, 0);
9110 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9112 /* Extract the vtable address. */
9113 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9114 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9116 /* Calculate the address of the offset. */
9117 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_VPTR_FIELD (decl
), 0);
9121 tmp
= int_loc_descriptor (-offset
);
9122 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9123 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_minus
, 0, 0);
9124 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9126 /* Extract the offset. */
9127 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_deref
, 0, 0);
9128 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9130 /* Add it to the object address. */
9131 tmp
= new_loc_descr (DW_OP_plus
, 0, 0);
9132 add_loc_descr (&loc_descr
, tmp
);
9135 offset
= tree_low_cst (BINFO_OFFSET (decl
), 0);
9138 offset
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9142 enum dwarf_location_atom op
;
9144 /* The DWARF2 standard says that we should assume that the structure
9145 address is already on the stack, so we can specify a structure field
9146 address by using DW_OP_plus_uconst. */
9148 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9149 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader does not handle the DW_OP_plus_uconst
9150 operator correctly. It works only if we leave the offset on the
9154 op
= DW_OP_plus_uconst
;
9157 loc_descr
= new_loc_descr (op
, offset
, 0);
9160 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_data_member_location
, loc_descr
);
9163 /* Attach a DW_AT_const_value attribute for a variable or a parameter which
9164 does not have a "location" either in memory or in a register. These
9165 things can arise in GNU C when a constant is passed as an actual parameter
9166 to an inlined function. They can also arise in C++ where declared
9167 constants do not necessarily get memory "homes". */
9170 add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, rtx rtl
)
9172 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9176 HOST_WIDE_INT val
= INTVAL (rtl
);
9179 add_AT_int (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, val
);
9181 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT
) val
);
9186 /* Note that a CONST_DOUBLE rtx could represent either an integer or a
9187 floating-point constant. A CONST_DOUBLE is used whenever the
9188 constant requires more than one word in order to be adequately
9189 represented. We output CONST_DOUBLEs as blocks. */
9191 enum machine_mode mode
= GET_MODE (rtl
);
9193 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_FLOAT
)
9195 unsigned length
= GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) / 4;
9196 long *array
= ggc_alloc (sizeof (long) * length
);
9199 REAL_VALUE_FROM_CONST_DOUBLE (rv
, rtl
);
9200 real_to_target (array
, &rv
, mode
);
9202 add_AT_float (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, length
, array
);
9206 /* ??? We really should be using HOST_WIDE_INT throughout. */
9207 if (HOST_BITS_PER_LONG
!= HOST_BITS_PER_WIDE_INT
)
9210 add_AT_long_long (die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9211 CONST_DOUBLE_HIGH (rtl
), CONST_DOUBLE_LOW (rtl
));
9217 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, XSTR (rtl
, 0));
9223 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_const_value
, rtl
);
9224 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, rtl
);
9228 /* In cases where an inlined instance of an inline function is passed
9229 the address of an `auto' variable (which is local to the caller) we
9230 can get a situation where the DECL_RTL of the artificial local
9231 variable (for the inlining) which acts as a stand-in for the
9232 corresponding formal parameter (of the inline function) will look
9233 like (plus:SI (reg:SI FRAME_PTR) (const_int ...)). This is not
9234 exactly a compile-time constant expression, but it isn't the address
9235 of the (artificial) local variable either. Rather, it represents the
9236 *value* which the artificial local variable always has during its
9237 lifetime. We currently have no way to represent such quasi-constant
9238 values in Dwarf, so for now we just punt and generate nothing. */
9242 /* No other kinds of rtx should be possible here. */
9249 rtl_for_decl_location (tree decl
)
9253 /* Here we have to decide where we are going to say the parameter "lives"
9254 (as far as the debugger is concerned). We only have a couple of
9255 choices. GCC provides us with DECL_RTL and with DECL_INCOMING_RTL.
9257 DECL_RTL normally indicates where the parameter lives during most of the
9258 activation of the function. If optimization is enabled however, this
9259 could be either NULL or else a pseudo-reg. Both of those cases indicate
9260 that the parameter doesn't really live anywhere (as far as the code
9261 generation parts of GCC are concerned) during most of the function's
9262 activation. That will happen (for example) if the parameter is never
9263 referenced within the function.
9265 We could just generate a location descriptor here for all non-NULL
9266 non-pseudo values of DECL_RTL and ignore all of the rest, but we can be
9267 a little nicer than that if we also consider DECL_INCOMING_RTL in cases
9268 where DECL_RTL is NULL or is a pseudo-reg.
9270 Note however that we can only get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL as
9271 a backup substitute for DECL_RTL in certain limited cases. In cases
9272 where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) indicates the same type as TREE_TYPE (decl),
9273 we can be sure that the parameter was passed using the same type as it is
9274 declared to have within the function, and that its DECL_INCOMING_RTL
9275 points us to a place where a value of that type is passed.
9277 In cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) and TREE_TYPE (decl) are different,
9278 we cannot (in general) use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a substitute for DECL_RTL
9279 because in these cases DECL_INCOMING_RTL points us to a value of some
9280 type which is *different* from the type of the parameter itself. Thus,
9281 if we tried to use DECL_INCOMING_RTL to generate a location attribute in
9282 such cases, the debugger would end up (for example) trying to fetch a
9283 `float' from a place which actually contains the first part of a
9284 `double'. That would lead to really incorrect and confusing
9285 output at debug-time.
9287 So, in general, we *do not* use DECL_INCOMING_RTL as a backup for DECL_RTL
9288 in cases where DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) != TREE_TYPE (decl). There
9289 are a couple of exceptions however. On little-endian machines we can
9290 get away with using DECL_INCOMING_RTL even when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9291 not the same as TREE_TYPE (decl), but only when DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) is
9292 an integral type that is smaller than TREE_TYPE (decl). These cases arise
9293 when (on a little-endian machine) a non-prototyped function has a
9294 parameter declared to be of type `short' or `char'. In such cases,
9295 TREE_TYPE (decl) will be `short' or `char', DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl) will
9296 be `int', and DECL_INCOMING_RTL will point to the lowest-order byte of the
9297 passed `int' value. If the debugger then uses that address to fetch
9298 a `short' or a `char' (on a little-endian machine) the result will be
9299 the correct data, so we allow for such exceptional cases below.
9301 Note that our goal here is to describe the place where the given formal
9302 parameter lives during most of the function's activation (i.e. between the
9303 end of the prologue and the start of the epilogue). We'll do that as best
9304 as we can. Note however that if the given formal parameter is modified
9305 sometime during the execution of the function, then a stack backtrace (at
9306 debug-time) will show the function as having been called with the *new*
9307 value rather than the value which was originally passed in. This happens
9308 rarely enough that it is not a major problem, but it *is* a problem, and
9311 A future version of dwarf2out.c may generate two additional attributes for
9312 any given DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE which will describe the "passed
9313 type" and the "passed location" for the given formal parameter in addition
9314 to the attributes we now generate to indicate the "declared type" and the
9315 "active location" for each parameter. This additional set of attributes
9316 could be used by debuggers for stack backtraces. Separately, note that
9317 sometimes DECL_RTL can be NULL and DECL_INCOMING_RTL can be NULL also.
9318 This happens (for example) for inlined-instances of inline function formal
9319 parameters which are never referenced. This really shouldn't be
9320 happening. All PARM_DECL nodes should get valid non-NULL
9321 DECL_INCOMING_RTL values, but integrate.c doesn't currently generate these
9322 values for inlined instances of inline function parameters, so when we see
9323 such cases, we are just out-of-luck for the time being (until integrate.c
9326 /* Use DECL_RTL as the "location" unless we find something better. */
9327 rtl
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
9329 /* When generating abstract instances, ignore everything except
9330 constants, symbols living in memory, and symbols living in
9332 if (! reload_completed
)
9335 && (CONSTANT_P (rtl
)
9336 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9337 && CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0)))
9338 || (GET_CODE (rtl
) == REG
9339 && TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
9340 && TREE_STATIC (decl
))))
9342 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9347 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == PARM_DECL
)
9349 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
|| is_pseudo_reg (rtl
))
9351 tree declared_type
= type_main_variant (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
9352 tree passed_type
= type_main_variant (DECL_ARG_TYPE (decl
));
9354 /* This decl represents a formal parameter which was optimized out.
9355 Note that DECL_INCOMING_RTL may be NULL in here, but we handle
9356 all cases where (rtl == NULL_RTX) just below. */
9357 if (declared_type
== passed_type
)
9358 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9359 else if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9360 && TREE_CODE (declared_type
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9361 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (declared_type
))
9362 <= GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (passed_type
))))
9363 rtl
= DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
);
9366 /* If the parm was passed in registers, but lives on the stack, then
9367 make a big endian correction if the mode of the type of the
9368 parameter is not the same as the mode of the rtl. */
9369 /* ??? This is the same series of checks that are made in dbxout.c before
9370 we reach the big endian correction code there. It isn't clear if all
9371 of these checks are necessary here, but keeping them all is the safe
9373 else if (GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
9374 && XEXP (rtl
, 0) != const0_rtx
9375 && ! CONSTANT_P (XEXP (rtl
, 0))
9376 /* Not passed in memory. */
9377 && GET_CODE (DECL_INCOMING_RTL (decl
)) != MEM
9378 /* Not passed by invisible reference. */
9379 && (GET_CODE (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) != REG
9380 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9381 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == STACK_POINTER_REGNUM
9382 #if ARG_POINTER_REGNUM != HARD_FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM
9383 || REGNO (XEXP (rtl
, 0)) == ARG_POINTER_REGNUM
9386 /* Big endian correction check. */
9388 && TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) != GET_MODE (rtl
)
9389 && (GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)))
9392 int offset
= (UNITS_PER_WORD
9393 - GET_MODE_SIZE (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
))));
9395 rtl
= gen_rtx_MEM (TYPE_MODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
9396 plus_constant (XEXP (rtl
, 0), offset
));
9400 if (rtl
!= NULL_RTX
)
9402 rtl
= eliminate_regs (rtl
, 0, NULL_RTX
);
9403 #ifdef LEAF_REG_REMAP
9404 if (current_function_uses_only_leaf_regs
)
9405 leaf_renumber_regs_insn (rtl
);
9409 /* A variable with no DECL_RTL but a DECL_INITIAL is a compile-time constant,
9410 and will have been substituted directly into all expressions that use it.
9411 C does not have such a concept, but C++ and other languages do. */
9412 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
9414 /* If a variable is initialized with a string constant without embedded
9415 zeros, build CONST_STRING. */
9416 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == STRING_CST
9417 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
9419 tree arrtype
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9420 tree enttype
= TREE_TYPE (arrtype
);
9421 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (arrtype
);
9422 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9423 enum machine_mode mode
= TYPE_MODE (enttype
);
9425 if (GET_MODE_CLASS (mode
) == MODE_INT
&& GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
) == 1
9427 && integer_zerop (TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
))
9428 && compare_tree_int (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
),
9429 TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
) - 1) == 0
9430 && ((size_t) TREE_STRING_LENGTH (init
)
9431 == strlen (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)) + 1))
9432 rtl
= gen_rtx_CONST_STRING (VOIDmode
,
9433 ggc_strdup (TREE_STRING_POINTER (init
)));
9435 /* If the initializer is something that we know will expand into an
9436 immediate RTL constant, expand it now. Expanding anything else
9437 tends to produce unresolved symbols; see debug/5770 and c++/6381. */
9438 else if (TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == INTEGER_CST
9439 || TREE_CODE (DECL_INITIAL (decl
)) == REAL_CST
)
9441 rtl
= expand_expr (DECL_INITIAL (decl
), NULL_RTX
, VOIDmode
,
9442 EXPAND_INITIALIZER
);
9443 /* If expand_expr returns a MEM, it wasn't immediate. */
9444 if (rtl
&& GET_CODE (rtl
) == MEM
)
9450 rtl
= (*targetm
.delegitimize_address
) (rtl
);
9452 /* If we don't look past the constant pool, we risk emitting a
9453 reference to a constant pool entry that isn't referenced from
9454 code, and thus is not emitted. */
9456 rtl
= avoid_constant_pool_reference (rtl
);
9461 /* Generate *either* a DW_AT_location attribute or else a DW_AT_const_value
9462 data attribute for a variable or a parameter. We generate the
9463 DW_AT_const_value attribute only in those cases where the given variable
9464 or parameter does not have a true "location" either in memory or in a
9465 register. This can happen (for example) when a constant is passed as an
9466 actual argument in a call to an inline function. (It's possible that
9467 these things can crop up in other ways also.) Note that one type of
9468 constant value which can be passed into an inlined function is a constant
9469 pointer. This can happen for example if an actual argument in an inlined
9470 function call evaluates to a compile-time constant address. */
9473 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9476 dw_loc_descr_ref descr
;
9478 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == ERROR_MARK
)
9480 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != VAR_DECL
&& TREE_CODE (decl
) != PARM_DECL
)
9483 rtl
= rtl_for_decl_location (decl
);
9484 if (rtl
== NULL_RTX
)
9487 switch (GET_CODE (rtl
))
9490 /* The address of a variable that was optimized away;
9491 don't emit anything. */
9501 /* DECL_RTL could be (plus (reg ...) (const_int ...)) */
9502 add_const_value_attribute (die
, rtl
);
9506 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
&& DECL_THREAD_LOCAL (decl
))
9508 /* Need loc_descriptor_from_tree since that's where we know
9509 how to handle TLS variables. Want the object's address
9510 since the top-level DW_AT_location assumes such. See
9511 the confusion in loc_descriptor for reference. */
9512 descr
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (decl
, 1);
9519 descr
= loc_descriptor (rtl
);
9521 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9526 rtvec par_elems
= XVEC (rtl
, 0);
9527 int num_elem
= GET_NUM_ELEM (par_elems
);
9528 enum machine_mode mode
;
9531 /* Create the first one, so we have something to add to. */
9532 descr
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9533 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, 0), 0));
9534 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9535 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
, GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9536 for (i
= 1; i
< num_elem
; i
++)
9538 dw_loc_descr_ref temp
;
9540 temp
= loc_descriptor (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9541 add_loc_descr (&descr
, temp
);
9542 mode
= GET_MODE (XEXP (RTVEC_ELT (par_elems
, i
), 0));
9543 add_loc_descr (&descr
,
9544 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_piece
,
9545 GET_MODE_SIZE (mode
), 0));
9548 add_AT_location_description (die
, DW_AT_location
, descr
);
9556 /* If we don't have a copy of this variable in memory for some reason (such
9557 as a C++ member constant that doesn't have an out-of-line definition),
9558 we should tell the debugger about the constant value. */
9561 tree_add_const_value_attribute (dw_die_ref var_die
, tree decl
)
9563 tree init
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
9564 tree type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
9566 if (TREE_READONLY (decl
) && ! TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
) && init
9567 && initializer_constant_valid_p (init
, type
) == null_pointer_node
)
9572 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
9575 if (host_integerp (init
, 0))
9576 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9577 tree_low_cst (init
, 0));
9579 add_AT_long_long (var_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
9580 TREE_INT_CST_HIGH (init
),
9581 TREE_INT_CST_LOW (init
));
9588 /* Generate a DW_AT_name attribute given some string value to be included as
9589 the value of the attribute. */
9592 add_name_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, const char *name_string
)
9594 if (name_string
!= NULL
&& *name_string
!= 0)
9596 if (demangle_name_func
)
9597 name_string
= (*demangle_name_func
) (name_string
);
9599 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_name
, name_string
);
9603 /* Generate a DW_AT_comp_dir attribute for DIE. */
9606 add_comp_dir_attribute (dw_die_ref die
)
9608 const char *wd
= get_src_pwd ();
9610 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
, wd
);
9613 /* Given a tree node describing an array bound (either lower or upper) output
9614 a representation for that bound. */
9617 add_bound_info (dw_die_ref subrange_die
, enum dwarf_attribute bound_attr
, tree bound
)
9619 switch (TREE_CODE (bound
))
9624 /* All fixed-bounds are represented by INTEGER_CST nodes. */
9626 if (! host_integerp (bound
, 0)
9627 || (bound_attr
== DW_AT_lower_bound
9628 && (((is_c_family () || is_java ()) && integer_zerop (bound
))
9629 || (is_fortran () && integer_onep (bound
)))))
9630 /* use the default */
9633 add_AT_unsigned (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, tree_low_cst (bound
, 0));
9638 case NON_LVALUE_EXPR
:
9639 case VIEW_CONVERT_EXPR
:
9640 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, TREE_OPERAND (bound
, 0));
9644 /* If optimization is turned on, the SAVE_EXPRs that describe how to
9645 access the upper bound values may be bogus. If they refer to a
9646 register, they may only describe how to get at these values at the
9647 points in the generated code right after they have just been
9648 computed. Worse yet, in the typical case, the upper bound values
9649 will not even *be* computed in the optimized code (though the
9650 number of elements will), so these SAVE_EXPRs are entirely
9651 bogus. In order to compensate for this fact, we check here to see
9652 if optimization is enabled, and if so, we don't add an attribute
9653 for the (unknown and unknowable) upper bound. This should not
9654 cause too much trouble for existing (stupid?) debuggers because
9655 they have to deal with empty upper bounds location descriptions
9656 anyway in order to be able to deal with incomplete array types.
9657 Of course an intelligent debugger (GDB?) should be able to
9658 comprehend that a missing upper bound specification in an array
9659 type used for a storage class `auto' local array variable
9660 indicates that the upper bound is both unknown (at compile- time)
9661 and unknowable (at run-time) due to optimization.
9663 We assume that a MEM rtx is safe because gcc wouldn't put the
9664 value there unless it was going to be used repeatedly in the
9665 function, i.e. for cleanups. */
9666 if (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)
9667 && (! optimize
|| GET_CODE (SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
)) == MEM
))
9669 dw_die_ref ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9670 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9671 rtx loc
= SAVE_EXPR_RTL (bound
);
9673 /* If the RTL for the SAVE_EXPR is memory, handle the case where
9674 it references an outer function's frame. */
9675 if (GET_CODE (loc
) == MEM
)
9677 rtx new_addr
= fix_lexical_addr (XEXP (loc
, 0), bound
);
9679 if (XEXP (loc
, 0) != new_addr
)
9680 loc
= gen_rtx_MEM (GET_MODE (loc
), new_addr
);
9683 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9684 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9685 add_AT_location_description (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
,
9686 loc_descriptor (loc
));
9687 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9690 /* Else leave out the attribute. */
9696 dw_die_ref decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (bound
);
9698 /* ??? Can this happen, or should the variable have been bound
9699 first? Probably it can, since I imagine that we try to create
9700 the types of parameters in the order in which they exist in
9701 the list, and won't have created a forward reference to a
9703 if (decl_die
!= NULL
)
9704 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9710 /* Otherwise try to create a stack operation procedure to
9711 evaluate the value of the array bound. */
9713 dw_die_ref ctx
, decl_die
;
9714 dw_loc_descr_ref loc
;
9716 loc
= loc_descriptor_from_tree (bound
, 0);
9720 if (current_function_decl
== 0)
9721 ctx
= comp_unit_die
;
9723 ctx
= lookup_decl_die (current_function_decl
);
9725 /* If we weren't able to find a context, it's most likely the case
9726 that we are processing the return type of the function. So
9727 make a SAVE_EXPR to point to it and have the limbo DIE code
9728 find the proper die. The save_expr function doesn't always
9729 make a SAVE_EXPR, so do it ourselves. */
9731 bound
= build (SAVE_EXPR
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), bound
,
9732 current_function_decl
, NULL_TREE
);
9734 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, ctx
, bound
);
9735 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
9736 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (bound
), 1, 0, ctx
);
9737 add_AT_loc (decl_die
, DW_AT_location
, loc
);
9739 add_AT_die_ref (subrange_die
, bound_attr
, decl_die
);
9745 /* Note that the block of subscript information for an array type also
9746 includes information about the element type of type given array type. */
9749 add_subscript_info (dw_die_ref type_die
, tree type
)
9751 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9752 unsigned dimension_number
;
9755 dw_die_ref subrange_die
;
9757 /* The GNU compilers represent multidimensional array types as sequences of
9758 one dimensional array types whose element types are themselves array
9759 types. Here we squish that down, so that each multidimensional array
9760 type gets only one array_type DIE in the Dwarf debugging info. The draft
9761 Dwarf specification say that we are allowed to do this kind of
9762 compression in C (because there is no difference between an array or
9763 arrays and a multidimensional array in C) but for other source languages
9764 (e.g. Ada) we probably shouldn't do this. */
9766 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
9767 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
9768 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
9769 gen_array_type_die. */
9770 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
9771 for (dimension_number
= 0;
9772 TREE_CODE (type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
;
9773 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), dimension_number
++)
9776 tree domain
= TYPE_DOMAIN (type
);
9778 /* Arrays come in three flavors: Unspecified bounds, fixed bounds,
9779 and (in GNU C only) variable bounds. Handle all three forms
9781 subrange_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subrange_type
, type_die
, NULL
);
9784 /* We have an array type with specified bounds. */
9785 lower
= TYPE_MIN_VALUE (domain
);
9786 upper
= TYPE_MAX_VALUE (domain
);
9788 /* Define the index type. */
9789 if (TREE_TYPE (domain
))
9791 /* ??? This is probably an Ada unnamed subrange type. Ignore the
9792 TREE_TYPE field. We can't emit debug info for this
9793 because it is an unnamed integral type. */
9794 if (TREE_CODE (domain
) == INTEGER_TYPE
9795 && TYPE_NAME (domain
) == NULL_TREE
9796 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == INTEGER_TYPE
9797 && TYPE_NAME (TREE_TYPE (domain
)) == NULL_TREE
)
9800 add_type_attribute (subrange_die
, TREE_TYPE (domain
), 0, 0,
9804 /* ??? If upper is NULL, the array has unspecified length,
9805 but it does have a lower bound. This happens with Fortran
9807 Since the debugger is definitely going to need to know N
9808 to produce useful results, go ahead and output the lower
9809 bound solo, and hope the debugger can cope. */
9811 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_lower_bound
, lower
);
9813 add_bound_info (subrange_die
, DW_AT_upper_bound
, upper
);
9816 /* Otherwise we have an array type with an unspecified length. The
9817 DWARF-2 spec does not say how to handle this; let's just leave out the
9823 add_byte_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree tree_node
)
9827 switch (TREE_CODE (tree_node
))
9835 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
9836 size
= int_size_in_bytes (tree_node
);
9839 /* For a data member of a struct or union, the DW_AT_byte_size is
9840 generally given as the number of bytes normally allocated for an
9841 object of the *declared* type of the member itself. This is true
9842 even for bit-fields. */
9843 size
= simple_type_size_in_bits (field_type (tree_node
)) / BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9849 /* Note that `size' might be -1 when we get to this point. If it is, that
9850 indicates that the byte size of the entity in question is variable. We
9851 have no good way of expressing this fact in Dwarf at the present time,
9852 so just let the -1 pass on through. */
9853 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, size
);
9856 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit-field, output an attribute
9857 which specifies the distance in bits from the highest order bit of the
9858 "containing object" for the bit-field to the highest order bit of the
9861 For any given bit-field, the "containing object" is a hypothetical object
9862 (of some integral or enum type) within which the given bit-field lives. The
9863 type of this hypothetical "containing object" is always the same as the
9864 declared type of the individual bit-field itself. The determination of the
9865 exact location of the "containing object" for a bit-field is rather
9866 complicated. It's handled by the `field_byte_offset' function (above).
9868 Note that it is the size (in bytes) of the hypothetical "containing object"
9869 which will be given in the DW_AT_byte_size attribute for this bit-field.
9870 (See `byte_size_attribute' above). */
9873 add_bit_offset_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9875 HOST_WIDE_INT object_offset_in_bytes
= field_byte_offset (decl
);
9876 tree type
= DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
);
9877 HOST_WIDE_INT bitpos_int
;
9878 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_object_bit_offset
;
9879 HOST_WIDE_INT highest_order_field_bit_offset
;
9880 HOST_WIDE_INT
unsigned bit_offset
;
9882 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9884 || TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
)
9887 /* We can't yet handle bit-fields whose offsets are variable, so if we
9888 encounter such things, just return without generating any attribute
9889 whatsoever. Likewise for variable or too large size. */
9890 if (! host_integerp (bit_position (decl
), 0)
9891 || ! host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9894 bitpos_int
= int_bit_position (decl
);
9896 /* Note that the bit offset is always the distance (in bits) from the
9897 highest-order bit of the "containing object" to the highest-order bit of
9898 the bit-field itself. Since the "high-order end" of any object or field
9899 is different on big-endian and little-endian machines, the computation
9900 below must take account of these differences. */
9901 highest_order_object_bit_offset
= object_offset_in_bytes
* BITS_PER_UNIT
;
9902 highest_order_field_bit_offset
= bitpos_int
;
9904 if (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
)
9906 highest_order_field_bit_offset
+= tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 0);
9907 highest_order_object_bit_offset
+= simple_type_size_in_bits (type
);
9911 = (! BYTES_BIG_ENDIAN
9912 ? highest_order_object_bit_offset
- highest_order_field_bit_offset
9913 : highest_order_field_bit_offset
- highest_order_object_bit_offset
);
9915 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_offset
, bit_offset
);
9918 /* For a FIELD_DECL node which represents a bit field, output an attribute
9919 which specifies the length in bits of the given field. */
9922 add_bit_size_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
9924 /* Must be a field and a bit field. */
9925 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FIELD_DECL
9926 || ! DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
9929 if (host_integerp (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1))
9930 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_bit_size
, tree_low_cst (DECL_SIZE (decl
), 1));
9933 /* If the compiled language is ANSI C, then add a 'prototyped'
9934 attribute, if arg types are given for the parameters of a function. */
9937 add_prototyped_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_type
)
9939 if (get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
) == DW_LANG_C89
9940 && TYPE_ARG_TYPES (func_type
) != NULL
)
9941 add_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_prototyped
, 1);
9944 /* Add an 'abstract_origin' attribute below a given DIE. The DIE is found
9945 by looking in either the type declaration or object declaration
9949 add_abstract_origin_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree origin
)
9951 dw_die_ref origin_die
= NULL
;
9953 if (TREE_CODE (origin
) != FUNCTION_DECL
)
9955 /* We may have gotten separated from the block for the inlined
9956 function, if we're in an exception handler or some such; make
9957 sure that the abstract function has been written out.
9959 Doing this for nested functions is wrong, however; functions are
9960 distinct units, and our context might not even be inline. */
9964 fn
= TYPE_STUB_DECL (fn
);
9966 fn
= decl_function_context (fn
);
9968 dwarf2out_abstract_function (fn
);
9971 if (DECL_P (origin
))
9972 origin_die
= lookup_decl_die (origin
);
9973 else if (TYPE_P (origin
))
9974 origin_die
= lookup_type_die (origin
);
9976 if (origin_die
== NULL
)
9979 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
, origin_die
);
9982 /* We do not currently support the pure_virtual attribute. */
9985 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (dw_die_ref die
, tree func_decl
)
9987 if (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
))
9989 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
9991 if (host_integerp (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0))
9992 add_AT_loc (die
, DW_AT_vtable_elem_location
,
9993 new_loc_descr (DW_OP_constu
,
9994 tree_low_cst (DECL_VINDEX (func_decl
), 0),
9997 /* GNU extension: Record what type this method came from originally. */
9998 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
9999 add_AT_die_ref (die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
10000 lookup_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (func_decl
)));
10004 /* Add source coordinate attributes for the given decl. */
10007 add_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10009 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10011 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10012 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10015 /* Add a DW_AT_name attribute and source coordinate attribute for the
10016 given decl, but only if it actually has a name. */
10019 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (dw_die_ref die
, tree decl
)
10023 decl_name
= DECL_NAME (decl
);
10024 if (decl_name
!= NULL
&& IDENTIFIER_POINTER (decl_name
) != NULL
)
10026 add_name_attribute (die
, dwarf2_name (decl
, 0));
10027 if (! DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10028 add_src_coords_attributes (die
, decl
);
10030 if ((TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
|| TREE_CODE (decl
) == VAR_DECL
)
10031 && TREE_PUBLIC (decl
)
10032 && DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
) != DECL_NAME (decl
)
10033 && !DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10034 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_MIPS_linkage_name
,
10035 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_ASSEMBLER_NAME (decl
)));
10038 #ifdef VMS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10039 /* Get the function's name, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10040 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10041 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
&& TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
10043 add_AT_addr (die
, DW_AT_VMS_rtnbeg_pd_address
,
10044 XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10045 VARRAY_PUSH_RTX (used_rtx_varray
, XEXP (DECL_RTL (decl
), 0));
10050 /* Push a new declaration scope. */
10053 push_decl_scope (tree scope
)
10055 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (decl_scope_table
, scope
);
10058 /* Pop a declaration scope. */
10061 pop_decl_scope (void)
10063 if (VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) <= 0)
10066 VARRAY_POP (decl_scope_table
);
10069 /* Return the DIE for the scope that immediately contains this type.
10070 Non-named types get global scope. Named types nested in other
10071 types get their containing scope if it's open, or global scope
10072 otherwise. All other types (i.e. function-local named types) get
10073 the current active scope. */
10076 scope_die_for (tree t
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10078 dw_die_ref scope_die
= NULL
;
10079 tree containing_scope
;
10082 /* Non-types always go in the current scope. */
10086 containing_scope
= TYPE_CONTEXT (t
);
10088 /* Use the containing namespace if it was passed in (for a declaration). */
10089 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
10091 if (context_die
== lookup_decl_die (containing_scope
))
10094 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10097 /* Ignore function type "scopes" from the C frontend. They mean that
10098 a tagged type is local to a parmlist of a function declarator, but
10099 that isn't useful to DWARF. */
10100 if (containing_scope
&& TREE_CODE (containing_scope
) == FUNCTION_TYPE
)
10101 containing_scope
= NULL_TREE
;
10103 if (containing_scope
== NULL_TREE
)
10104 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10105 else if (TYPE_P (containing_scope
))
10107 /* For types, we can just look up the appropriate DIE. But
10108 first we check to see if we're in the middle of emitting it
10109 so we know where the new DIE should go. */
10110 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (decl_scope_table
) - 1; i
>= 0; --i
)
10111 if (VARRAY_TREE (decl_scope_table
, i
) == containing_scope
)
10116 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
10117 && !TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (containing_scope
))
10120 /* If none of the current dies are suitable, we get file scope. */
10121 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
10124 scope_die
= lookup_type_die (containing_scope
);
10127 scope_die
= context_die
;
10132 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is internal to a function. */
10135 local_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10137 for (; context_die
; context_die
= context_die
->die_parent
)
10138 if (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
10139 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_subprogram
)
10145 /* Returns nonzero if CONTEXT_DIE is a class or namespace, for deciding
10146 whether or not to treat a DIE in this context as a declaration. */
10149 class_or_namespace_scope_p (dw_die_ref context_die
)
10151 return (context_die
10152 && (context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_structure_type
10153 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_union_type
10154 || context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
));
10157 /* Many forms of DIEs require a "type description" attribute. This
10158 routine locates the proper "type descriptor" die for the type given
10159 by 'type', and adds a DW_AT_type attribute below the given die. */
10162 add_type_attribute (dw_die_ref object_die
, tree type
, int decl_const
,
10163 int decl_volatile
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10165 enum tree_code code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10166 dw_die_ref type_die
= NULL
;
10168 /* ??? If this type is an unnamed subrange type of an integral or
10169 floating-point type, use the inner type. This is because we have no
10170 support for unnamed types in base_type_die. This can happen if this is
10171 an Ada subrange type. Correct solution is emit a subrange type die. */
10172 if ((code
== INTEGER_TYPE
|| code
== REAL_TYPE
)
10173 && TREE_TYPE (type
) != 0 && TYPE_NAME (type
) == 0)
10174 type
= TREE_TYPE (type
), code
= TREE_CODE (type
);
10176 if (code
== ERROR_MARK
10177 /* Handle a special case. For functions whose return type is void, we
10178 generate *no* type attribute. (Note that no object may have type
10179 `void', so this only applies to function return types). */
10180 || code
== VOID_TYPE
)
10183 type_die
= modified_type_die (type
,
10184 decl_const
|| TYPE_READONLY (type
),
10185 decl_volatile
|| TYPE_VOLATILE (type
),
10188 if (type_die
!= NULL
)
10189 add_AT_die_ref (object_die
, DW_AT_type
, type_die
);
10192 /* Given a tree pointer to a struct, class, union, or enum type node, return
10193 a pointer to the (string) tag name for the given type, or zero if the type
10194 was declared without a tag. */
10196 static const char *
10197 type_tag (tree type
)
10199 const char *name
= 0;
10201 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) != 0)
10205 /* Find the IDENTIFIER_NODE for the type name. */
10206 if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == IDENTIFIER_NODE
)
10207 t
= TYPE_NAME (type
);
10209 /* The g++ front end makes the TYPE_NAME of *each* tagged type point to
10210 a TYPE_DECL node, regardless of whether or not a `typedef' was
10212 else if (TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
10213 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
10214 t
= DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (type
));
10216 /* Now get the name as a string, or invent one. */
10218 name
= IDENTIFIER_POINTER (t
);
10221 return (name
== 0 || *name
== '\0') ? 0 : name
;
10224 /* Return the type associated with a data member, make a special check
10225 for bit field types. */
10228 member_declared_type (tree member
)
10230 return (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
)
10231 ? DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (member
) : TREE_TYPE (member
));
10234 /* Get the decl's label, as described by its RTL. This may be different
10235 from the DECL_NAME name used in the source file. */
10238 static const char *
10239 decl_start_label (tree decl
)
10242 const char *fnname
;
10244 x
= DECL_RTL (decl
);
10245 if (GET_CODE (x
) != MEM
)
10249 if (GET_CODE (x
) != SYMBOL_REF
)
10252 fnname
= XSTR (x
, 0);
10257 /* These routines generate the internal representation of the DIE's for
10258 the compilation unit. Debugging information is collected by walking
10259 the declaration trees passed in from dwarf2out_decl(). */
10262 gen_array_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10264 dw_die_ref scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
10265 dw_die_ref array_die
;
10268 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for array of array of enum types unless
10269 the inner array type comes before the outer array type. Thus we must
10270 call gen_type_die before we call new_die. See below also. */
10271 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10272 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
10275 array_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_array_type
, scope_die
, type
);
10276 add_name_attribute (array_die
, type_tag (type
));
10277 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, array_die
);
10279 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == VECTOR_TYPE
)
10281 /* The frontend feeds us a representation for the vector as a struct
10282 containing an array. Pull out the array type. */
10283 type
= TREE_TYPE (TYPE_FIELDS (TYPE_DEBUG_REPRESENTATION_TYPE (type
)));
10284 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_GNU_vector
, 1);
10288 /* We default the array ordering. SDB will probably do
10289 the right things even if DW_AT_ordering is not present. It's not even
10290 an issue until we start to get into multidimensional arrays anyway. If
10291 SDB is ever caught doing the Wrong Thing for multi-dimensional arrays,
10292 then we'll have to put the DW_AT_ordering attribute back in. (But if
10293 and when we find out that we need to put these in, we will only do so
10294 for multidimensional arrays. */
10295 add_AT_unsigned (array_die
, DW_AT_ordering
, DW_ORD_row_major
);
10298 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10299 /* The SGI compilers handle arrays of unknown bound by setting
10300 AT_declaration and not emitting any subrange DIEs. */
10301 if (! TYPE_DOMAIN (type
))
10302 add_AT_flag (array_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10305 add_subscript_info (array_die
, type
);
10307 /* Add representation of the type of the elements of this array type. */
10308 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
10310 /* ??? The SGI dwarf reader fails for multidimensional arrays with a
10311 const enum type. E.g. const enum machine_mode insn_operand_mode[2][10].
10312 We work around this by disabling this feature. See also
10313 add_subscript_info. */
10314 #ifndef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10315 while (TREE_CODE (element_type
) == ARRAY_TYPE
)
10316 element_type
= TREE_TYPE (element_type
);
10318 gen_type_die (element_type
, context_die
);
10321 add_type_attribute (array_die
, element_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10325 gen_set_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10327 dw_die_ref type_die
10328 = new_die (DW_TAG_set_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10330 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10331 add_type_attribute (type_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
10336 gen_entry_point_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10338 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10339 dw_die_ref decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_entry_point
, context_die
, decl
);
10341 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10342 add_abstract_origin_attribute (decl_die
, origin
);
10345 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
10346 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10347 0, 0, context_die
);
10350 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10351 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, decl_die
);
10353 add_AT_lbl_id (decl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, decl_start_label (decl
));
10357 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
10358 emit full debugging info for them. */
10361 retry_incomplete_types (void)
10365 for (i
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (incomplete_types
) - 1; i
>= 0; i
--)
10366 gen_type_die (VARRAY_TREE (incomplete_types
, i
), comp_unit_die
);
10369 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of an enumeration type. */
10372 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10374 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
, context_die
, type
);
10376 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10377 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10378 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10381 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a structure type. */
10384 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10386 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_structure_type
, context_die
, type
);
10388 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10389 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10390 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10393 /* Generate a DIE to represent an inlined instance of a union type. */
10396 gen_inlined_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10398 dw_die_ref type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_union_type
, context_die
, type
);
10400 /* We do not check for TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) being set, as the type may
10401 be incomplete and such types are not marked. */
10402 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10405 /* Generate a DIE to represent an enumeration type. Note that these DIEs
10406 include all of the information about the enumeration values also. Each
10407 enumerated type name/value is listed as a child of the enumerated type
10411 gen_enumeration_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10413 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
10415 if (type_die
== NULL
)
10417 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumeration_type
,
10418 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
10419 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
10420 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
10422 else if (! TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10425 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10427 /* Handle a GNU C/C++ extension, i.e. incomplete enum types. If the
10428 given enum type is incomplete, do not generate the DW_AT_byte_size
10429 attribute or the DW_AT_element_list attribute. */
10430 if (TYPE_SIZE (type
))
10434 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
10435 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
10436 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
10437 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
10439 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
10440 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
10441 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10442 add_child_die (scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type_die
);
10444 for (link
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
);
10445 link
!= NULL
; link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10447 dw_die_ref enum_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_enumerator
, type_die
, link
);
10449 add_name_attribute (enum_die
,
10450 IDENTIFIER_POINTER (TREE_PURPOSE (link
)));
10452 if (host_integerp (TREE_VALUE (link
),
10453 TREE_UNSIGNED (TREE_TYPE (TREE_VALUE (link
)))))
10455 if (tree_int_cst_sgn (TREE_VALUE (link
)) < 0)
10456 add_AT_int (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10457 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 0));
10459 add_AT_unsigned (enum_die
, DW_AT_const_value
,
10460 tree_low_cst (TREE_VALUE (link
), 1));
10465 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10470 /* Generate a DIE to represent either a real live formal parameter decl or to
10471 represent just the type of some formal parameter position in some function
10474 Note that this routine is a bit unusual because its argument may be a
10475 ..._DECL node (i.e. either a PARM_DECL or perhaps a VAR_DECL which
10476 represents an inlining of some PARM_DECL) or else some sort of a ..._TYPE
10477 node. If it's the former then this function is being called to output a
10478 DIE to represent a formal parameter object (or some inlining thereof). If
10479 it's the latter, then this function is only being called to output a
10480 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE to stand as a placeholder for some formal
10481 argument type of some subprogram type. */
10484 gen_formal_parameter_die (tree node
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10486 dw_die_ref parm_die
10487 = new_die (DW_TAG_formal_parameter
, context_die
, node
);
10490 switch (TREE_CODE_CLASS (TREE_CODE (node
)))
10493 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (node
);
10494 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10495 add_abstract_origin_attribute (parm_die
, origin
);
10498 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (parm_die
, node
);
10499 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, TREE_TYPE (node
),
10500 TREE_READONLY (node
),
10501 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (node
),
10503 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (node
))
10504 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10507 equate_decl_number_to_die (node
, parm_die
);
10508 if (! DECL_ABSTRACT (node
))
10509 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (parm_die
, node
);
10514 /* We were called with some kind of a ..._TYPE node. */
10515 add_type_attribute (parm_die
, node
, 0, 0, context_die
);
10525 /* Generate a special type of DIE used as a stand-in for a trailing ellipsis
10526 at the end of an (ANSI prototyped) formal parameters list. */
10529 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (tree decl_or_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10531 new_die (DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters
, context_die
, decl_or_type
);
10534 /* Generate a list of nameless DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIEs (and perhaps a
10535 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE) to represent the types of the formal
10536 parameters as specified in some function type specification (except for
10537 those which appear as part of a function *definition*). */
10540 gen_formal_types_die (tree function_or_method_type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10543 tree formal_type
= NULL
;
10544 tree first_parm_type
;
10547 if (TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10549 arg
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (function_or_method_type
);
10550 function_or_method_type
= TREE_TYPE (function_or_method_type
);
10555 first_parm_type
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10557 /* Make our first pass over the list of formal parameter types and output a
10558 DW_TAG_formal_parameter DIE for each one. */
10559 for (link
= first_parm_type
; link
; )
10561 dw_die_ref parm_die
;
10563 formal_type
= TREE_VALUE (link
);
10564 if (formal_type
== void_type_node
)
10567 /* Output a (nameless) DIE to represent the formal parameter itself. */
10568 parm_die
= gen_formal_parameter_die (formal_type
, context_die
);
10569 if ((TREE_CODE (function_or_method_type
) == METHOD_TYPE
10570 && link
== first_parm_type
)
10571 || (arg
&& DECL_ARTIFICIAL (arg
)))
10572 add_AT_flag (parm_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10574 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
);
10576 arg
= TREE_CHAIN (arg
);
10579 /* If this function type has an ellipsis, add a
10580 DW_TAG_unspecified_parameters DIE to the end of the parameter list. */
10581 if (formal_type
!= void_type_node
)
10582 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (function_or_method_type
, context_die
);
10584 /* Make our second (and final) pass over the list of formal parameter types
10585 and output DIEs to represent those types (as necessary). */
10586 for (link
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (function_or_method_type
);
10587 link
&& TREE_VALUE (link
);
10588 link
= TREE_CHAIN (link
))
10589 gen_type_die (TREE_VALUE (link
), context_die
);
10592 /* We want to generate the DIE for TYPE so that we can generate the
10593 die for MEMBER, which has been defined; we will need to refer back
10594 to the member declaration nested within TYPE. If we're trying to
10595 generate minimal debug info for TYPE, processing TYPE won't do the
10596 trick; we need to attach the member declaration by hand. */
10599 gen_type_die_for_member (tree type
, tree member
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10601 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
10603 /* If we're trying to avoid duplicate debug info, we may not have
10604 emitted the member decl for this function. Emit it now. */
10605 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))
10606 && ! lookup_decl_die (member
))
10608 if (decl_ultimate_origin (member
))
10611 push_decl_scope (type
);
10612 if (TREE_CODE (member
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
10613 gen_subprogram_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10615 gen_variable_die (member
, lookup_type_die (type
));
10621 /* Generate the DWARF2 info for the "abstract" instance of a function which we
10622 may later generate inlined and/or out-of-line instances of. */
10625 dwarf2out_abstract_function (tree decl
)
10627 dw_die_ref old_die
;
10630 int was_abstract
= DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
);
10632 /* Make sure we have the actual abstract inline, not a clone. */
10633 decl
= DECL_ORIGIN (decl
);
10635 old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10636 if (old_die
&& get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10637 /* We've already generated the abstract instance. */
10640 /* Be sure we've emitted the in-class declaration DIE (if any) first, so
10641 we don't get confused by DECL_ABSTRACT. */
10642 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10644 context
= decl_class_context (decl
);
10646 gen_type_die_for_member
10647 (context
, decl
, decl_function_context (decl
) ? NULL
: comp_unit_die
);
10650 /* Pretend we've just finished compiling this function. */
10651 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
10652 current_function_decl
= decl
;
10654 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 1);
10655 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
10656 if (! was_abstract
)
10657 set_decl_abstract_flags (decl
, 0);
10659 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
10662 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared function (either file-scope or
10666 gen_subprogram_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10668 char label_id
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
10669 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10670 dw_die_ref subr_die
;
10674 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10675 int declaration
= (current_function_decl
!= decl
10676 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10678 /* It is possible to have both DECL_ABSTRACT and DECLARATION be true if we
10679 started to generate the abstract instance of an inline, decided to output
10680 its containing class, and proceeded to emit the declaration of the inline
10681 from the member list for the class. If so, DECLARATION takes priority;
10682 we'll get back to the abstract instance when done with the class. */
10684 /* The class-scope declaration DIE must be the primary DIE. */
10685 if (origin
&& declaration
&& class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
))
10692 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10694 if (declaration
&& ! local_scope_p (context_die
))
10697 /* Fixup die_parent for the abstract instance of a nested
10698 inline function. */
10699 if (old_die
&& old_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
10700 add_child_die (context_die
, old_die
);
10702 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10703 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, origin
);
10707 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10709 if (!get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
)
10710 /* We can have a normal definition following an inline one in the
10711 case of redefinition of GNU C extern inlines.
10712 It seems reasonable to use AT_specification in this case. */
10713 && !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10715 /* ??? This can happen if there is a bug in the program, for
10716 instance, if it has duplicate function definitions. Ideally,
10717 we should detect this case and ignore it. For now, if we have
10718 already reported an error, any error at all, then assume that
10719 we got here because of an input error, not a dwarf2 bug. */
10725 /* If the definition comes from the same place as the declaration,
10726 maybe use the old DIE. We always want the DIE for this function
10727 that has the *_pc attributes to be under comp_unit_die so the
10728 debugger can find it. We also need to do this for abstract
10729 instances of inlines, since the spec requires the out-of-line copy
10730 to have the same parent. For local class methods, this doesn't
10731 apply; we just use the old DIE. */
10732 if ((old_die
->die_parent
== comp_unit_die
|| context_die
== NULL
)
10733 && (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
10734 || (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) == file_index
10735 && (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10736 == (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
)))))
10738 subr_die
= old_die
;
10740 /* Clear out the declaration attribute and the formal parameters.
10741 Do not remove all children, because it is possible that this
10742 declaration die was forced using force_decl_die(). In such
10743 cases die that forced declaration die (e.g. TAG_imported_module)
10744 is one of the children that we do not want to remove. */
10745 remove_AT (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
10746 remove_child_TAG (subr_die
, DW_TAG_formal_parameter
);
10750 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10751 add_AT_specification (subr_die
, old_die
);
10752 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10753 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10754 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10755 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10757 (subr_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10762 subr_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_subprogram
, context_die
, decl
);
10764 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10765 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10767 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (subr_die
, decl
);
10768 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10770 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10771 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)),
10772 0, 0, context_die
);
10775 add_pure_or_virtual_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
10776 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10777 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
10779 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
10780 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
10781 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
10782 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
10787 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10789 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
10791 /* The first time we see a member function, it is in the context of
10792 the class to which it belongs. We make sure of this by emitting
10793 the class first. The next time is the definition, which is
10794 handled above. The two may come from the same source text.
10796 Note that force_decl_die() forces function declaration die. It is
10797 later reused to represent definition. */
10798 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10801 else if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
10803 if (DECL_DECLARED_INLINE_P (decl
))
10805 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10806 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_inlined
);
10808 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_declared_not_inlined
);
10812 if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
))
10813 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_inlined
);
10815 add_AT_unsigned (subr_die
, DW_AT_inline
, DW_INL_not_inlined
);
10818 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10820 else if (!DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
))
10822 if (!old_die
|| !get_AT (old_die
, DW_AT_inline
))
10823 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10825 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_BEGIN_LABEL
,
10826 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10827 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label_id
);
10828 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label_id
, FUNC_END_LABEL
,
10829 current_function_funcdef_no
);
10830 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label_id
);
10832 add_pubname (decl
, subr_die
);
10833 add_arange (decl
, subr_die
);
10835 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
10836 /* Add a reference to the FDE for this routine. */
10837 add_AT_fde_ref (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_fde
, current_funcdef_fde
);
10840 /* Define the "frame base" location for this routine. We use the
10841 frame pointer or stack pointer registers, since the RTL for local
10842 variables is relative to one of them. */
10844 = frame_pointer_needed
? hard_frame_pointer_rtx
: stack_pointer_rtx
;
10845 add_AT_loc (subr_die
, DW_AT_frame_base
, reg_loc_descriptor (fp_reg
));
10848 /* ??? This fails for nested inline functions, because context_display
10849 is not part of the state saved/restored for inline functions. */
10850 if (current_function_needs_context
)
10851 add_AT_location_description (subr_die
, DW_AT_static_link
,
10852 loc_descriptor (lookup_static_chain (decl
)));
10856 /* Now output descriptions of the arguments for this function. This gets
10857 (unnecessarily?) complex because of the fact that the DECL_ARGUMENT list
10858 for a FUNCTION_DECL doesn't indicate cases where there was a trailing
10859 `...' at the end of the formal parameter list. In order to find out if
10860 there was a trailing ellipsis or not, we must instead look at the type
10861 associated with the FUNCTION_DECL. This will be a node of type
10862 FUNCTION_TYPE. If the chain of type nodes hanging off of this
10863 FUNCTION_TYPE node ends with a void_type_node then there should *not* be
10864 an ellipsis at the end. */
10866 /* In the case where we are describing a mere function declaration, all we
10867 need to do here (and all we *can* do here) is to describe the *types* of
10868 its formal parameters. */
10869 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
10871 else if (declaration
)
10872 gen_formal_types_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10875 /* Generate DIEs to represent all known formal parameters. */
10876 tree arg_decls
= DECL_ARGUMENTS (decl
);
10879 /* When generating DIEs, generate the unspecified_parameters DIE
10880 instead if we come across the arg "__builtin_va_alist" */
10881 for (parm
= arg_decls
; parm
; parm
= TREE_CHAIN (parm
))
10882 if (TREE_CODE (parm
) == PARM_DECL
)
10884 if (DECL_NAME (parm
)
10885 && !strcmp (IDENTIFIER_POINTER (DECL_NAME (parm
)),
10886 "__builtin_va_alist"))
10887 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10889 gen_decl_die (parm
, subr_die
);
10892 /* Decide whether we need an unspecified_parameters DIE at the end.
10893 There are 2 more cases to do this for: 1) the ansi ... declaration -
10894 this is detectable when the end of the arg list is not a
10895 void_type_node 2) an unprototyped function declaration (not a
10896 definition). This just means that we have no info about the
10897 parameters at all. */
10898 fn_arg_types
= TYPE_ARG_TYPES (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
10899 if (fn_arg_types
!= NULL
)
10901 /* This is the prototyped case, check for.... */
10902 if (TREE_VALUE (tree_last (fn_arg_types
)) != void_type_node
)
10903 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10905 else if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
10906 gen_unspecified_parameters_die (decl
, subr_die
);
10909 /* Output Dwarf info for all of the stuff within the body of the function
10910 (if it has one - it may be just a declaration). */
10911 outer_scope
= DECL_INITIAL (decl
);
10913 /* OUTER_SCOPE is a pointer to the outermost BLOCK node created to represent
10914 a function. This BLOCK actually represents the outermost binding contour
10915 for the function, i.e. the contour in which the function's formal
10916 parameters and labels get declared. Curiously, it appears that the front
10917 end doesn't actually put the PARM_DECL nodes for the current function onto
10918 the BLOCK_VARS list for this outer scope, but are strung off of the
10919 DECL_ARGUMENTS list for the function instead.
10921 The BLOCK_VARS list for the `outer_scope' does provide us with a list of
10922 the LABEL_DECL nodes for the function however, and we output DWARF info
10923 for those in decls_for_scope. Just within the `outer_scope' there will be
10924 a BLOCK node representing the function's outermost pair of curly braces,
10925 and any blocks used for the base and member initializers of a C++
10926 constructor function. */
10927 if (! declaration
&& TREE_CODE (outer_scope
) != ERROR_MARK
)
10929 current_function_has_inlines
= 0;
10930 decls_for_scope (outer_scope
, subr_die
, 0);
10932 #if 0 && defined (MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO)
10933 if (current_function_has_inlines
)
10935 add_AT_flag (subr_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10936 if (! comp_unit_has_inlines
)
10938 add_AT_flag (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_MIPS_has_inlines
, 1);
10939 comp_unit_has_inlines
= 1;
10946 /* Generate a DIE to represent a declared data object. */
10949 gen_variable_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
10951 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
10952 dw_die_ref var_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_variable
, context_die
, decl
);
10954 dw_die_ref old_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
10955 int declaration
= (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
)
10956 || class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
));
10958 if (origin
!= NULL
)
10959 add_abstract_origin_attribute (var_die
, origin
);
10961 /* Loop unrolling can create multiple blocks that refer to the same
10962 static variable, so we must test for the DW_AT_declaration flag.
10964 ??? Loop unrolling/reorder_blocks should perhaps be rewritten to
10965 copy decls and set the DECL_ABSTRACT flag on them instead of
10968 ??? Duplicated blocks have been rewritten to use .debug_ranges. */
10969 else if (old_die
&& TREE_STATIC (decl
)
10970 && get_AT_flag (old_die
, DW_AT_declaration
) == 1)
10972 /* This is a definition of a C++ class level static. */
10973 add_AT_specification (var_die
, old_die
);
10974 if (DECL_NAME (decl
))
10976 unsigned file_index
= lookup_filename (DECL_SOURCE_FILE (decl
));
10978 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
) != file_index
)
10979 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
10981 if (get_AT_unsigned (old_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
)
10982 != (unsigned) DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
))
10984 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
,
10985 DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
));
10990 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (var_die
, decl
);
10991 add_type_attribute (var_die
, TREE_TYPE (decl
), TREE_READONLY (decl
),
10992 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
10994 if (TREE_PUBLIC (decl
))
10995 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_external
, 1);
10997 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
10998 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11000 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11001 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11002 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11003 add_AT_unsigned (var_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11007 add_AT_flag (var_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11009 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
) || declaration
)
11010 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, var_die
);
11012 if (! declaration
&& ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11014 add_location_or_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11015 add_pubname (decl
, var_die
);
11018 tree_add_const_value_attribute (var_die
, decl
);
11021 /* Generate a DIE to represent a label identifier. */
11024 gen_label_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11026 tree origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11027 dw_die_ref lbl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_label
, context_die
, decl
);
11029 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11031 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11032 add_abstract_origin_attribute (lbl_die
, origin
);
11034 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (lbl_die
, decl
);
11036 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11037 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, lbl_die
);
11040 insn
= DECL_RTL_IF_SET (decl
);
11042 /* Deleted labels are programmer specified labels which have been
11043 eliminated because of various optimizations. We still emit them
11044 here so that it is possible to put breakpoints on them. */
11046 && (GET_CODE (insn
) == CODE_LABEL
11047 || ((GET_CODE (insn
) == NOTE
11048 && NOTE_LINE_NUMBER (insn
) == NOTE_INSN_DELETED_LABEL
))))
11050 /* When optimization is enabled (via -O) some parts of the compiler
11051 (e.g. jump.c and cse.c) may try to delete CODE_LABEL insns which
11052 represent source-level labels which were explicitly declared by
11053 the user. This really shouldn't be happening though, so catch
11054 it if it ever does happen. */
11055 if (INSN_DELETED_P (insn
))
11058 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, "L", CODE_LABEL_NUMBER (insn
));
11059 add_AT_lbl_id (lbl_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11064 /* Generate a DIE for a lexical block. */
11067 gen_lexical_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11069 dw_die_ref stmt_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_lexical_block
, context_die
, stmt
);
11070 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11072 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11074 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
))
11078 add_AT_range_list (stmt_die
, DW_AT_ranges
, add_ranges (stmt
));
11080 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (stmt
);
11083 add_ranges (chain
);
11084 chain
= BLOCK_FRAGMENT_CHAIN (chain
);
11091 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11092 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11093 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11094 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11095 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11096 add_AT_lbl_id (stmt_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11100 decls_for_scope (stmt
, stmt_die
, depth
);
11103 /* Generate a DIE for an inlined subprogram. */
11106 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11108 tree decl
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11110 /* Emit info for the abstract instance first, if we haven't yet. We
11111 must emit this even if the block is abstract, otherwise when we
11112 emit the block below (or elsewhere), we may end up trying to emit
11113 a die whose origin die hasn't been emitted, and crashing. */
11114 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
11116 if (! BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
))
11118 dw_die_ref subr_die
11119 = new_die (DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine
, context_die
, stmt
);
11120 char label
[MAX_ARTIFICIAL_LABEL_BYTES
];
11122 add_abstract_origin_attribute (subr_die
, decl
);
11123 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
,
11124 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11125 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, label
);
11126 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (label
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
,
11127 BLOCK_NUMBER (stmt
));
11128 add_AT_lbl_id (subr_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, label
);
11129 decls_for_scope (stmt
, subr_die
, depth
);
11130 current_function_has_inlines
= 1;
11133 /* We may get here if we're the outer block of function A that was
11134 inlined into function B that was inlined into function C. When
11135 generating debugging info for C, dwarf2out_abstract_function(B)
11136 would mark all inlined blocks as abstract, including this one.
11137 So, we wouldn't (and shouldn't) expect labels to be generated
11138 for this one. Instead, just emit debugging info for
11139 declarations within the block. This is particularly important
11140 in the case of initializers of arguments passed from B to us:
11141 if they're statement expressions containing declarations, we
11142 wouldn't generate dies for their abstract variables, and then,
11143 when generating dies for the real variables, we'd die (pun
11145 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11148 /* Generate a DIE for a field in a record, or structure. */
11151 gen_field_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11153 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11155 if (TREE_TYPE (decl
) == error_mark_node
)
11158 decl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_member
, context_die
, decl
);
11159 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (decl_die
, decl
);
11160 add_type_attribute (decl_die
, member_declared_type (decl
),
11161 TREE_READONLY (decl
), TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
),
11164 if (DECL_BIT_FIELD_TYPE (decl
))
11166 add_byte_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11167 add_bit_size_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11168 add_bit_offset_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11171 if (TREE_CODE (DECL_FIELD_CONTEXT (decl
)) != UNION_TYPE
)
11172 add_data_member_location_attribute (decl_die
, decl
);
11174 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
))
11175 add_AT_flag (decl_die
, DW_AT_artificial
, 1);
11177 if (TREE_PROTECTED (decl
))
11178 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11179 else if (TREE_PRIVATE (decl
))
11180 add_AT_unsigned (decl_die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_private
);
11184 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11185 Use modified_type_die instead.
11186 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11187 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11190 gen_pointer_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11193 = new_die (DW_TAG_pointer_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11195 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11196 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11197 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11200 /* Don't generate either pointer_type DIEs or reference_type DIEs here.
11201 Use modified_type_die instead.
11202 We keep this code here just in case these types of DIEs may be needed to
11203 represent certain things in other languages (e.g. Pascal) someday. */
11206 gen_reference_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11209 = new_die (DW_TAG_reference_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11211 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ref_die
);
11212 add_type_attribute (ref_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11213 add_AT_unsigned (mod_type_die
, DW_AT_byte_size
, PTR_SIZE
);
11217 /* Generate a DIE for a pointer to a member type. */
11220 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11223 = new_die (DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
,
11224 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11226 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, ptr_die
);
11227 add_AT_die_ref (ptr_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11228 lookup_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
)));
11229 add_type_attribute (ptr_die
, TREE_TYPE (type
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11232 /* Generate the DIE for the compilation unit. */
11235 gen_compile_unit_die (const char *filename
)
11238 char producer
[250];
11239 const char *language_string
= lang_hooks
.name
;
11242 die
= new_die (DW_TAG_compile_unit
, NULL
, NULL
);
11246 add_name_attribute (die
, filename
);
11247 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
11248 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
&& filename
[0] != '<')
11249 add_comp_dir_attribute (die
);
11252 sprintf (producer
, "%s %s", language_string
, version_string
);
11254 #ifdef MIPS_DEBUGGING_INFO
11255 /* The MIPS/SGI compilers place the 'cc' command line options in the producer
11256 string. The SGI debugger looks for -g, -g1, -g2, or -g3; if they do
11257 not appear in the producer string, the debugger reaches the conclusion
11258 that the object file is stripped and has no debugging information.
11259 To get the MIPS/SGI debugger to believe that there is debugging
11260 information in the object file, we add a -g to the producer string. */
11261 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11262 strcat (producer
, " -g");
11265 add_AT_string (die
, DW_AT_producer
, producer
);
11267 if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU C++") == 0)
11268 language
= DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
;
11269 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Ada") == 0)
11270 language
= DW_LANG_Ada95
;
11271 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU F77") == 0)
11272 language
= DW_LANG_Fortran77
;
11273 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Pascal") == 0)
11274 language
= DW_LANG_Pascal83
;
11275 else if (strcmp (language_string
, "GNU Java") == 0)
11276 language
= DW_LANG_Java
;
11278 language
= DW_LANG_C89
;
11280 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_language
, language
);
11284 /* Generate a DIE for a string type. */
11287 gen_string_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11289 dw_die_ref type_die
11290 = new_die (DW_TAG_string_type
, scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11292 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11294 /* ??? Fudge the string length attribute for now.
11295 TODO: add string length info. */
11297 string_length_attribute (TYPE_MAX_VALUE (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
)));
11298 bound_representation (upper_bound
, 0, 'u');
11302 /* Generate the DIE for a base class. */
11305 gen_inheritance_die (tree binfo
, tree access
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11307 dw_die_ref die
= new_die (DW_TAG_inheritance
, context_die
, binfo
);
11309 add_type_attribute (die
, BINFO_TYPE (binfo
), 0, 0, context_die
);
11310 add_data_member_location_attribute (die
, binfo
);
11312 if (TREE_VIA_VIRTUAL (binfo
))
11313 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_virtuality
, DW_VIRTUALITY_virtual
);
11315 if (access
== access_public_node
)
11316 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_public
);
11317 else if (access
== access_protected_node
)
11318 add_AT_unsigned (die
, DW_AT_accessibility
, DW_ACCESS_protected
);
11321 /* Generate a DIE for a class member. */
11324 gen_member_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11327 tree binfo
= TYPE_BINFO (type
);
11330 /* If this is not an incomplete type, output descriptions of each of its
11331 members. Note that as we output the DIEs necessary to represent the
11332 members of this record or union type, we will also be trying to output
11333 DIEs to represent the *types* of those members. However the `type'
11334 function (above) will specifically avoid generating type DIEs for member
11335 types *within* the list of member DIEs for this (containing) type except
11336 for those types (of members) which are explicitly marked as also being
11337 members of this (containing) type themselves. The g++ front- end can
11338 force any given type to be treated as a member of some other (containing)
11339 type by setting the TYPE_CONTEXT of the given (member) type to point to
11340 the TREE node representing the appropriate (containing) type. */
11342 /* First output info about the base classes. */
11343 if (binfo
&& BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
))
11345 tree bases
= BINFO_BASETYPES (binfo
);
11346 tree accesses
= BINFO_BASEACCESSES (binfo
);
11347 int n_bases
= TREE_VEC_LENGTH (bases
);
11350 for (i
= 0; i
< n_bases
; i
++)
11351 gen_inheritance_die (TREE_VEC_ELT (bases
, i
),
11352 (accesses
? TREE_VEC_ELT (accesses
, i
)
11353 : access_public_node
), context_die
);
11356 /* Now output info about the data members and type members. */
11357 for (member
= TYPE_FIELDS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11359 /* If we thought we were generating minimal debug info for TYPE
11360 and then changed our minds, some of the member declarations
11361 may have already been defined. Don't define them again, but
11362 do put them in the right order. */
11364 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11366 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11368 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11371 /* Now output info about the function members (if any). */
11372 for (member
= TYPE_METHODS (type
); member
; member
= TREE_CHAIN (member
))
11374 /* Don't include clones in the member list. */
11375 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (member
))
11378 child
= lookup_decl_die (member
);
11380 splice_child_die (context_die
, child
);
11382 gen_decl_die (member
, context_die
);
11386 /* Generate a DIE for a structure or union type. If TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG
11387 is set, we pretend that the type was never defined, so we only get the
11388 member DIEs needed by later specification DIEs. */
11391 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11393 dw_die_ref type_die
= lookup_type_die (type
);
11394 dw_die_ref scope_die
= 0;
11396 int complete
= (TYPE_SIZE (type
)
11397 && (! TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11398 || ! TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
))));
11399 int ns_decl
= (context_die
&& context_die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_namespace
);
11401 if (type_die
&& ! complete
)
11404 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
) != NULL_TREE
11405 && (AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11406 || TREE_CODE (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)) == NAMESPACE_DECL
))
11409 scope_die
= scope_die_for (type
, context_die
);
11411 if (! type_die
|| (nested
&& scope_die
== comp_unit_die
))
11412 /* First occurrence of type or toplevel definition of nested class. */
11414 dw_die_ref old_die
= type_die
;
11416 type_die
= new_die (TREE_CODE (type
) == RECORD_TYPE
11417 ? DW_TAG_structure_type
: DW_TAG_union_type
,
11419 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, type_die
);
11421 add_AT_specification (type_die
, old_die
);
11423 add_name_attribute (type_die
, type_tag (type
));
11426 remove_AT (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
);
11428 /* If this type has been completed, then give it a byte_size attribute and
11429 then give a list of members. */
11430 if (complete
&& !ns_decl
)
11432 /* Prevent infinite recursion in cases where the type of some member of
11433 this type is expressed in terms of this type itself. */
11434 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11435 add_byte_size_attribute (type_die
, type
);
11436 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
) != NULL_TREE
)
11437 add_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
));
11439 /* If the first reference to this type was as the return type of an
11440 inline function, then it may not have a parent. Fix this now. */
11441 if (type_die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11442 add_child_die (scope_die
, type_die
);
11444 push_decl_scope (type
);
11445 gen_member_die (type
, type_die
);
11448 /* GNU extension: Record what type our vtable lives in. */
11449 if (TYPE_VFIELD (type
))
11451 tree vtype
= DECL_FCONTEXT (TYPE_VFIELD (type
));
11453 gen_type_die (vtype
, context_die
);
11454 add_AT_die_ref (type_die
, DW_AT_containing_type
,
11455 lookup_type_die (vtype
));
11460 add_AT_flag (type_die
, DW_AT_declaration
, 1);
11462 /* We don't need to do this for function-local types. */
11463 if (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)
11464 && ! decl_function_context (TYPE_STUB_DECL (type
)))
11465 VARRAY_PUSH_TREE (incomplete_types
, type
);
11469 /* Generate a DIE for a subroutine _type_. */
11472 gen_subroutine_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11474 tree return_type
= TREE_TYPE (type
);
11475 dw_die_ref subr_die
11476 = new_die (DW_TAG_subroutine_type
,
11477 scope_die_for (type
, context_die
), type
);
11479 equate_type_number_to_die (type
, subr_die
);
11480 add_prototyped_attribute (subr_die
, type
);
11481 add_type_attribute (subr_die
, return_type
, 0, 0, context_die
);
11482 gen_formal_types_die (type
, subr_die
);
11485 /* Generate a DIE for a type definition. */
11488 gen_typedef_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11490 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11493 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
))
11496 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (decl
) = 1;
11497 type_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_typedef
, context_die
, decl
);
11498 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
11499 if (origin
!= NULL
)
11500 add_abstract_origin_attribute (type_die
, origin
);
11505 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (type_die
, decl
);
11506 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
))
11508 type
= DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (decl
);
11510 if (type
== TREE_TYPE (decl
))
11513 equate_type_number_to_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), type_die
);
11516 type
= TREE_TYPE (decl
);
11518 add_type_attribute (type_die
, type
, TREE_READONLY (decl
),
11519 TREE_THIS_VOLATILE (decl
), context_die
);
11522 if (DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
))
11523 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, type_die
);
11526 /* Generate a type description DIE. */
11529 gen_type_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11533 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11536 if (TYPE_NAME (type
) && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == TYPE_DECL
11537 && DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)))
11539 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11542 /* Prevent broken recursion; we can't hand off to the same type. */
11543 if (DECL_ORIGINAL_TYPE (TYPE_NAME (type
)) == type
)
11546 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11547 gen_decl_die (TYPE_NAME (type
), context_die
);
11551 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version
11552 of this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so
11553 get the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this type
11554 now. (Vectors are special because the debugging info is in the
11555 cloned type itself). */
11556 if (TREE_CODE (type
) != VECTOR_TYPE
)
11557 type
= type_main_variant (type
);
11559 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11562 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11568 case REFERENCE_TYPE
:
11569 /* We must set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN in case this is a recursive type. This
11570 ensures that the gen_type_die recursion will terminate even if the
11571 type is recursive. Recursive types are possible in Ada. */
11572 /* ??? We could perhaps do this for all types before the switch
11574 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11576 /* For these types, all that is required is that we output a DIE (or a
11577 set of DIEs) to represent the "basis" type. */
11578 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11582 /* This code is used for C++ pointer-to-data-member types.
11583 Output a description of the relevant class type. */
11584 gen_type_die (TYPE_OFFSET_BASETYPE (type
), context_die
);
11586 /* Output a description of the type of the object pointed to. */
11587 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11589 /* Now output a DIE to represent this pointer-to-data-member type
11591 gen_ptr_to_mbr_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11595 gen_type_die (TYPE_DOMAIN (type
), context_die
);
11596 gen_set_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11600 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11601 abort (); /* No way to represent these in Dwarf yet! */
11604 case FUNCTION_TYPE
:
11605 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11606 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11607 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11611 /* Force out return type (in case it wasn't forced out already). */
11612 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11613 gen_subroutine_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11617 if (TYPE_STRING_FLAG (type
) && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (type
)) == CHAR_TYPE
)
11619 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (type
), context_die
);
11620 gen_string_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11623 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11627 gen_array_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11630 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11633 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11634 /* If this is a nested type whose containing class hasn't been written
11635 out yet, writing it out will cover this one, too. This does not apply
11636 to instantiations of member class templates; they need to be added to
11637 the containing class as they are generated. FIXME: This hurts the
11638 idea of combining type decls from multiple TUs, since we can't predict
11639 what set of template instantiations we'll get. */
11640 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)
11641 && AGGREGATE_TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11642 && ! TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11644 gen_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
), context_die
);
11646 if (TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
))
11649 /* If that failed, attach ourselves to the stub. */
11650 push_decl_scope (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11651 context_die
= lookup_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11656 declare_in_namespace (type
, context_die
);
11660 if (TREE_CODE (type
) == ENUMERAL_TYPE
)
11661 gen_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11663 gen_struct_or_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11668 /* Don't set TREE_ASM_WRITTEN on an incomplete struct; we want to fix
11669 it up if it is ever completed. gen_*_type_die will set it for us
11670 when appropriate. */
11679 /* No DIEs needed for fundamental types. */
11683 /* No Dwarf representation currently defined. */
11690 TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type
) = 1;
11693 /* Generate a DIE for a tagged type instantiation. */
11696 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (tree type
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11698 if (type
== NULL_TREE
|| type
== error_mark_node
)
11701 /* We are going to output a DIE to represent the unqualified version of
11702 this type (i.e. without any const or volatile qualifiers) so make sure
11703 that we have the main variant (i.e. the unqualified version) of this
11705 if (type
!= type_main_variant (type
))
11708 /* Do not check TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (type) as it may not be set if this is
11709 an instance of an unresolved type. */
11711 switch (TREE_CODE (type
))
11716 case ENUMERAL_TYPE
:
11717 gen_inlined_enumeration_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11721 gen_inlined_structure_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11725 case QUAL_UNION_TYPE
:
11726 gen_inlined_union_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11734 /* Generate a DW_TAG_lexical_block DIE followed by DIEs to represent all of the
11735 things which are local to the given block. */
11738 gen_block_die (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11740 int must_output_die
= 0;
11743 enum tree_code origin_code
;
11745 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11746 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| !TREE_USED (stmt
)
11747 || (!TREE_ASM_WRITTEN (stmt
) && !BLOCK_ABSTRACT (stmt
)))
11750 /* If the block is one fragment of a non-contiguous block, do not
11751 process the variables, since they will have been done by the
11752 origin block. Do process subblocks. */
11753 if (BLOCK_FRAGMENT_ORIGIN (stmt
))
11757 for (sub
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
); sub
; sub
= BLOCK_CHAIN (sub
))
11758 gen_block_die (sub
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11763 /* Determine the "ultimate origin" of this block. This block may be an
11764 inlined instance of an inlined instance of inline function, so we have
11765 to trace all of the way back through the origin chain to find out what
11766 sort of node actually served as the original seed for the creation of
11767 the current block. */
11768 origin
= block_ultimate_origin (stmt
);
11769 origin_code
= (origin
!= NULL
) ? TREE_CODE (origin
) : ERROR_MARK
;
11771 /* Determine if we need to output any Dwarf DIEs at all to represent this
11773 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11774 /* The outer scopes for inlinings *must* always be represented. We
11775 generate DW_TAG_inlined_subroutine DIEs for them. (See below.) */
11776 must_output_die
= 1;
11779 /* In the case where the current block represents an inlining of the
11780 "body block" of an inline function, we must *NOT* output any DIE for
11781 this block because we have already output a DIE to represent the whole
11782 inlined function scope and the "body block" of any function doesn't
11783 really represent a different scope according to ANSI C rules. So we
11784 check here to make sure that this block does not represent a "body
11785 block inlining" before trying to set the MUST_OUTPUT_DIE flag. */
11786 if (! is_body_block (origin
? origin
: stmt
))
11788 /* Determine if this block directly contains any "significant"
11789 local declarations which we will need to output DIEs for. */
11790 if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11791 /* We are not in terse mode so *any* local declaration counts
11792 as being a "significant" one. */
11793 must_output_die
= (BLOCK_VARS (stmt
) != NULL
);
11795 /* We are in terse mode, so only local (nested) function
11796 definitions count as "significant" local declarations. */
11797 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
);
11798 decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11799 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
11800 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
11802 must_output_die
= 1;
11808 /* It would be a waste of space to generate a Dwarf DW_TAG_lexical_block
11809 DIE for any block which contains no significant local declarations at
11810 all. Rather, in such cases we just call `decls_for_scope' so that any
11811 needed Dwarf info for any sub-blocks will get properly generated. Note
11812 that in terse mode, our definition of what constitutes a "significant"
11813 local declaration gets restricted to include only inlined function
11814 instances and local (nested) function definitions. */
11815 if (must_output_die
)
11817 if (origin_code
== FUNCTION_DECL
)
11818 gen_inlined_subroutine_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11820 gen_lexical_block_die (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11823 decls_for_scope (stmt
, context_die
, depth
);
11826 /* Generate all of the decls declared within a given scope and (recursively)
11827 all of its sub-blocks. */
11830 decls_for_scope (tree stmt
, dw_die_ref context_die
, int depth
)
11835 /* Ignore blocks never really used to make RTL. */
11836 if (stmt
== NULL_TREE
|| ! TREE_USED (stmt
))
11839 /* Output the DIEs to represent all of the data objects and typedefs
11840 declared directly within this block but not within any nested
11841 sub-blocks. Also, nested function and tag DIEs have been
11842 generated with a parent of NULL; fix that up now. */
11843 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (stmt
); decl
!= NULL
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
11847 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
11848 die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11849 else if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11850 die
= lookup_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
11854 if (die
!= NULL
&& die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
11855 add_child_die (context_die
, die
);
11857 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11860 /* If we're at -g1, we're not interested in subblocks. */
11861 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
11864 /* Output the DIEs to represent all sub-blocks (and the items declared
11865 therein) of this block. */
11866 for (subblocks
= BLOCK_SUBBLOCKS (stmt
);
11868 subblocks
= BLOCK_CHAIN (subblocks
))
11869 gen_block_die (subblocks
, context_die
, depth
+ 1);
11872 /* Is this a typedef we can avoid emitting? */
11875 is_redundant_typedef (tree decl
)
11877 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
))
11880 if (DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)
11881 && DECL_CONTEXT (decl
)
11882 && is_tagged_type (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))
11883 && TREE_CODE (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))) == TYPE_DECL
11884 && DECL_NAME (decl
) == DECL_NAME (TYPE_NAME (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
))))
11885 /* Also ignore the artificial member typedef for the class name. */
11891 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
11894 force_decl_die (tree decl
)
11896 dw_die_ref decl_die
;
11897 unsigned saved_external_flag
;
11898 tree save_fn
= NULL_TREE
;
11899 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11902 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11903 tree decl_context
= DECL_CONTEXT (decl
);
11906 /* Find die that represents this context. */
11907 if (TYPE_P (decl_context
))
11908 context_die
= force_type_die (decl_context
);
11910 context_die
= force_decl_die (decl_context
);
11913 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11915 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
11917 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
11918 /* Clear current_function_decl, so that gen_subprogram_die thinks
11919 that this is a declaration. At this point, we just want to force
11920 declaration die. */
11921 save_fn
= current_function_decl
;
11922 current_function_decl
= NULL_TREE
;
11923 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
11924 current_function_decl
= save_fn
;
11928 /* Set external flag to force declaration die. Restore it after
11929 gen_decl_die() call. */
11930 saved_external_flag
= DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
);
11931 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = 1;
11932 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
11933 DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) = saved_external_flag
;
11936 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
11937 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
11944 /* See if we can find the die for this deci now.
11945 If not then abort. */
11947 decl_die
= lookup_decl_die (decl
);
11955 /* Returns the DIE for decl or aborts. */
11958 force_type_die (tree type
)
11960 dw_die_ref type_die
;
11962 type_die
= lookup_type_die (root_type (type
));
11965 dw_die_ref context_die
;
11966 if (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
))
11967 if (TYPE_P (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
)))
11968 context_die
= force_type_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11970 context_die
= force_decl_die (TYPE_CONTEXT (type
));
11972 context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
11974 gen_type_die (type
, context_die
);
11975 type_die
= lookup_type_die (root_type (type
));
11982 /* Force out any required namespaces to be able to output DECL,
11983 and return the new context_die for it, if it's changed. */
11986 setup_namespace_context (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
11988 tree context
= DECL_P (thing
) ? DECL_CONTEXT (thing
) : TYPE_CONTEXT (thing
);
11989 if (context
&& TREE_CODE (context
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
11990 /* Force out the namespace. */
11991 context_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
11993 return context_die
;
11996 /* Emit a declaration DIE for THING (which is either a DECL or a tagged
11997 type) within its namespace, if appropriate.
11999 For compatibility with older debuggers, namespace DIEs only contain
12000 declarations; all definitions are emitted at CU scope. */
12003 declare_in_namespace (tree thing
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12005 dw_die_ref ns_context
;
12007 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12010 ns_context
= setup_namespace_context (thing
, context_die
);
12012 if (ns_context
!= context_die
)
12014 if (DECL_P (thing
))
12015 gen_decl_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12017 gen_type_die (thing
, ns_context
);
12021 /* Generate a DIE for a namespace or namespace alias. */
12024 gen_namespace_die (tree decl
)
12026 dw_die_ref context_die
= setup_namespace_context (decl
, comp_unit_die
);
12028 /* Namespace aliases have a DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN of the namespace
12029 they are an alias of. */
12030 if (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
) == NULL
)
12032 /* Output a real namespace. */
12033 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12034 = new_die (DW_TAG_namespace
, context_die
, decl
);
12035 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12036 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12040 /* Output a namespace alias. */
12042 /* Force out the namespace we are an alias of, if necessary. */
12043 dw_die_ref origin_die
12044 = force_decl_die (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12046 /* Now create the namespace alias DIE. */
12047 dw_die_ref namespace_die
12048 = new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, context_die
, decl
);
12049 add_name_and_src_coords_attributes (namespace_die
, decl
);
12050 add_AT_die_ref (namespace_die
, DW_AT_import
, origin_die
);
12051 equate_decl_number_to_die (decl
, namespace_die
);
12055 /* Generate Dwarf debug information for a decl described by DECL. */
12058 gen_decl_die (tree decl
, dw_die_ref context_die
)
12062 if (DECL_P (decl
) && DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12065 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12071 /* The individual enumerators of an enum type get output when we output
12072 the Dwarf representation of the relevant enum type itself. */
12075 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12076 /* Don't output any DIEs to represent mere function declarations,
12077 unless they are class members or explicit block externs. */
12078 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
&& DECL_CONTEXT (decl
) == NULL_TREE
12079 && (current_function_decl
== NULL_TREE
|| DECL_ARTIFICIAL (decl
)))
12082 /* If we're emitting a clone, emit info for the abstract instance. */
12083 if (DECL_ORIGIN (decl
) != decl
)
12084 dwarf2out_abstract_function (DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN (decl
));
12086 /* If we're emitting an out-of-line copy of an inline function,
12087 emit info for the abstract instance and set up to refer to it. */
12088 else if (cgraph_function_possibly_inlined_p (decl
)
12089 && ! DECL_ABSTRACT (decl
)
12090 && ! class_or_namespace_scope_p (context_die
)
12091 /* dwarf2out_abstract_function won't emit a die if this is just
12092 a declaration. We must avoid setting DECL_ABSTRACT_ORIGIN in
12093 that case, because that works only if we have a die. */
12094 && DECL_INITIAL (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12096 dwarf2out_abstract_function (decl
);
12097 set_decl_origin_self (decl
);
12100 /* Otherwise we're emitting the primary DIE for this decl. */
12101 else if (debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12103 /* Before we describe the FUNCTION_DECL itself, make sure that we
12104 have described its return type. */
12105 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)), context_die
);
12107 /* And its virtual context. */
12108 if (DECL_VINDEX (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12109 gen_type_die (DECL_CONTEXT (decl
), context_die
);
12111 /* And its containing type. */
12112 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12113 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12114 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12116 /* And its containing namespace. */
12117 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12120 /* Now output a DIE to represent the function itself. */
12121 gen_subprogram_die (decl
, context_die
);
12125 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12126 actual typedefs. */
12127 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12130 /* In the special case of a TYPE_DECL node representing the declaration
12131 of some type tag, if the given TYPE_DECL is marked as having been
12132 instantiated from some other (original) TYPE_DECL node (e.g. one which
12133 was generated within the original definition of an inline function) we
12134 have to generate a special (abbreviated) DW_TAG_structure_type,
12135 DW_TAG_union_type, or DW_TAG_enumeration_type DIE here. */
12136 if (TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
) && decl_ultimate_origin (decl
) != NULL_TREE
)
12138 gen_tagged_type_instantiation_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12142 if (is_redundant_typedef (decl
))
12143 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12145 /* Output a DIE to represent the typedef itself. */
12146 gen_typedef_die (decl
, context_die
);
12150 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
12151 gen_label_die (decl
, context_die
);
12155 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12156 variable declarations or definitions. */
12157 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12160 /* Output any DIEs that are needed to specify the type of this data
12162 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12164 /* And its containing type. */
12165 origin
= decl_class_context (decl
);
12166 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
)
12167 gen_type_die_for_member (origin
, decl
, context_die
);
12169 /* And its containing namespace. */
12170 declare_in_namespace (decl
, context_die
);
12172 /* Now output the DIE to represent the data object itself. This gets
12173 complicated because of the possibility that the VAR_DECL really
12174 represents an inlined instance of a formal parameter for an inline
12176 origin
= decl_ultimate_origin (decl
);
12177 if (origin
!= NULL_TREE
&& TREE_CODE (origin
) == PARM_DECL
)
12178 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12180 gen_variable_die (decl
, context_die
);
12184 /* Ignore the nameless fields that are used to skip bits but handle C++
12185 anonymous unions. */
12186 if (DECL_NAME (decl
) != NULL_TREE
12187 || TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == UNION_TYPE
)
12189 gen_type_die (member_declared_type (decl
), context_die
);
12190 gen_field_die (decl
, context_die
);
12195 gen_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), context_die
);
12196 gen_formal_parameter_die (decl
, context_die
);
12199 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12200 gen_namespace_die (decl
);
12204 if ((int)TREE_CODE (decl
) > NUM_TREE_CODES
)
12205 /* Probably some frontend-internal decl. Assume we don't care. */
12211 /* Add Ada "use" clause information for SGI Workshop debugger. */
12214 dwarf2out_add_library_unit_info (const char *filename
, const char *context_list
)
12216 unsigned int file_index
;
12218 if (filename
!= NULL
)
12220 dw_die_ref unit_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_module
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12221 tree context_list_decl
12222 = build_decl (LABEL_DECL
, get_identifier (context_list
),
12225 TREE_PUBLIC (context_list_decl
) = TRUE
;
12226 add_name_attribute (unit_die
, context_list
);
12227 file_index
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12228 add_AT_unsigned (unit_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12229 add_pubname (context_list_decl
, unit_die
);
12233 /* Output debug information for global decl DECL. Called from toplev.c after
12234 compilation proper has finished. */
12237 dwarf2out_global_decl (tree decl
)
12239 /* Output DWARF2 information for file-scope tentative data object
12240 declarations, file-scope (extern) function declarations (which had no
12241 corresponding body) and file-scope tagged type declarations and
12242 definitions which have not yet been forced out. */
12243 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) != FUNCTION_DECL
|| !DECL_INITIAL (decl
))
12244 dwarf2out_decl (decl
);
12247 /* Output debug information for imported module or decl. */
12250 dwarf2out_imported_module_or_decl (tree decl
, tree context
)
12252 dw_die_ref imported_die
, at_import_die
;
12253 dw_die_ref scope_die
;
12254 unsigned file_index
;
12256 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12262 /* To emit DW_TAG_imported_module or DW_TAG_imported_decl, we need two DIEs.
12263 We need decl DIE for reference and scope die. First, get DIE for the decl
12266 /* Get the scope die for decl context. Use comp_unit_die for global module
12267 or decl. If die is not found for non globals, force new die. */
12269 scope_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12270 else if (TYPE_P (context
))
12271 scope_die
= force_type_die (context
);
12273 scope_die
= force_decl_die (context
);
12275 /* For TYPE_DECL, lookup TREE_TYPE. */
12276 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
)
12277 at_import_die
= force_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
));
12279 at_import_die
= force_decl_die (decl
);
12281 /* OK, now we have DIEs for decl as well as scope. Emit imported die. */
12282 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == NAMESPACE_DECL
)
12283 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_module
, scope_die
, context
);
12285 imported_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_imported_declaration
, scope_die
, context
);
12287 file_index
= lookup_filename (input_filename
);
12288 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_file
, file_index
);
12289 add_AT_unsigned (imported_die
, DW_AT_decl_line
, input_line
);
12290 add_AT_die_ref (imported_die
, DW_AT_import
, at_import_die
);
12293 /* Write the debugging output for DECL. */
12296 dwarf2out_decl (tree decl
)
12298 dw_die_ref context_die
= comp_unit_die
;
12300 switch (TREE_CODE (decl
))
12305 case FUNCTION_DECL
:
12306 /* Ignore this FUNCTION_DECL if it refers to a builtin declaration of a
12307 builtin function. Explicit programmer-supplied declarations of
12308 these same functions should NOT be ignored however. */
12309 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && DECL_BUILT_IN (decl
))
12312 /* What we would really like to do here is to filter out all mere
12313 file-scope declarations of file-scope functions which are never
12314 referenced later within this translation unit (and keep all of ones
12315 that *are* referenced later on) but we aren't clairvoyant, so we have
12316 no idea which functions will be referenced in the future (i.e. later
12317 on within the current translation unit). So here we just ignore all
12318 file-scope function declarations which are not also definitions. If
12319 and when the debugger needs to know something about these functions,
12320 it will have to hunt around and find the DWARF information associated
12321 with the definition of the function.
12323 We can't just check DECL_EXTERNAL to find out which FUNCTION_DECL
12324 nodes represent definitions and which ones represent mere
12325 declarations. We have to check DECL_INITIAL instead. That's because
12326 the C front-end supports some weird semantics for "extern inline"
12327 function definitions. These can get inlined within the current
12328 translation unit (an thus, we need to generate Dwarf info for their
12329 abstract instances so that the Dwarf info for the concrete inlined
12330 instances can have something to refer to) but the compiler never
12331 generates any out-of-lines instances of such things (despite the fact
12332 that they *are* definitions).
12334 The important point is that the C front-end marks these "extern
12335 inline" functions as DECL_EXTERNAL, but we need to generate DWARF for
12336 them anyway. Note that the C++ front-end also plays some similar games
12337 for inline function definitions appearing within include files which
12338 also contain `#pragma interface' pragmas. */
12339 if (DECL_INITIAL (decl
) == NULL_TREE
)
12342 /* If we're a nested function, initially use a parent of NULL; if we're
12343 a plain function, this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. If
12344 we're a method, it will be ignored, since we already have a DIE. */
12345 if (decl_function_context (decl
)
12346 /* But if we're in terse mode, we don't care about scope. */
12347 && debug_info_level
> DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12348 context_die
= NULL
;
12352 /* Ignore this VAR_DECL if it refers to a file-scope extern data object
12353 declaration and if the declaration was never even referenced from
12354 within this entire compilation unit. We suppress these DIEs in
12355 order to save space in the .debug section (by eliminating entries
12356 which are probably useless). Note that we must not suppress
12357 block-local extern declarations (whether used or not) because that
12358 would screw-up the debugger's name lookup mechanism and cause it to
12359 miss things which really ought to be in scope at a given point. */
12360 if (DECL_EXTERNAL (decl
) && !TREE_USED (decl
))
12363 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs to represent any
12364 variable declarations or definitions. */
12365 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12369 case NAMESPACE_DECL
:
12370 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12372 if (lookup_decl_die (decl
) != NULL
)
12377 /* Don't emit stubs for types unless they are needed by other DIEs. */
12378 if (TYPE_DECL_SUPPRESS_DEBUG (decl
))
12381 /* Don't bother trying to generate any DIEs to represent any of the
12382 normal built-in types for the language we are compiling. */
12383 if (DECL_SOURCE_LINE (decl
) == 0)
12385 /* OK, we need to generate one for `bool' so GDB knows what type
12386 comparisons have. */
12387 if ((get_AT_unsigned (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_language
)
12388 == DW_LANG_C_plus_plus
)
12389 && TREE_CODE (TREE_TYPE (decl
)) == BOOLEAN_TYPE
12390 && ! DECL_IGNORED_P (decl
))
12391 modified_type_die (TREE_TYPE (decl
), 0, 0, NULL
);
12396 /* If we are in terse mode, don't generate any DIEs for types. */
12397 if (debug_info_level
<= DINFO_LEVEL_TERSE
)
12400 /* If we're a function-scope tag, initially use a parent of NULL;
12401 this will be fixed up in decls_for_scope. */
12402 if (decl_function_context (decl
))
12403 context_die
= NULL
;
12411 gen_decl_die (decl
, context_die
);
12414 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the beginning of the generated code for
12415 a lexical block. */
12418 dwarf2out_begin_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12419 unsigned int blocknum
)
12421 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12422 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_BEGIN_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12425 /* Output a marker (i.e. a label) for the end of the generated code for a
12429 dwarf2out_end_block (unsigned int line ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int blocknum
)
12431 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12432 ASM_OUTPUT_DEBUG_LABEL (asm_out_file
, BLOCK_END_LABEL
, blocknum
);
12435 /* Returns nonzero if it is appropriate not to emit any debugging
12436 information for BLOCK, because it doesn't contain any instructions.
12438 Don't allow this for blocks with nested functions or local classes
12439 as we would end up with orphans, and in the presence of scheduling
12440 we may end up calling them anyway. */
12443 dwarf2out_ignore_block (tree block
)
12447 for (decl
= BLOCK_VARS (block
); decl
; decl
= TREE_CHAIN (decl
))
12448 if (TREE_CODE (decl
) == FUNCTION_DECL
12449 || (TREE_CODE (decl
) == TYPE_DECL
&& TYPE_DECL_IS_STUB (decl
)))
12455 /* Lookup FILE_NAME (in the list of filenames that we know about here in
12456 dwarf2out.c) and return its "index". The index of each (known) filename is
12457 just a unique number which is associated with only that one filename. We
12458 need such numbers for the sake of generating labels (in the .debug_sfnames
12459 section) and references to those files numbers (in the .debug_srcinfo
12460 and.debug_macinfo sections). If the filename given as an argument is not
12461 found in our current list, add it to the list and assign it the next
12462 available unique index number. In order to speed up searches, we remember
12463 the index of the filename was looked up last. This handles the majority of
12467 lookup_filename (const char *file_name
)
12470 char *save_file_name
;
12472 /* Check to see if the file name that was searched on the previous
12473 call matches this file name. If so, return the index. */
12474 if (file_table_last_lookup_index
!= 0)
12477 = VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, file_table_last_lookup_index
);
12478 if (strcmp (file_name
, last
) == 0)
12479 return file_table_last_lookup_index
;
12482 /* Didn't match the previous lookup, search the table */
12483 n
= VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
);
12484 for (i
= 1; i
< n
; i
++)
12485 if (strcmp (file_name
, VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)) == 0)
12487 file_table_last_lookup_index
= i
;
12491 /* Add the new entry to the end of the filename table. */
12492 file_table_last_lookup_index
= n
;
12493 save_file_name
= (char *) ggc_strdup (file_name
);
12494 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, save_file_name
);
12495 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12501 maybe_emit_file (int fileno
)
12503 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
&& fileno
> 0)
12505 if (!VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
))
12507 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
) = ++emitcount
;
12508 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.file %u ",
12509 VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
));
12510 output_quoted_string (asm_out_file
,
12511 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, fileno
));
12512 fputc ('\n', asm_out_file
);
12514 return VARRAY_UINT (file_table_emitted
, fileno
);
12521 init_file_table (void)
12523 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the file_table. */
12524 VARRAY_CHAR_PTR_INIT (file_table
, 64, "file_table");
12525 VARRAY_UINT_INIT (file_table_emitted
, 64, "file_table_emitted");
12527 /* Skip the first entry - file numbers begin at 1. */
12528 VARRAY_PUSH_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, NULL
);
12529 VARRAY_PUSH_UINT (file_table_emitted
, 0);
12530 file_table_last_lookup_index
= 0;
12533 /* Output a label to mark the beginning of a source code line entry
12534 and record information relating to this source line, in
12535 'line_info_table' for later output of the .debug_line section. */
12538 dwarf2out_source_line (unsigned int line
, const char *filename
)
12540 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
12543 function_section (current_function_decl
);
12545 /* If requested, emit something human-readable. */
12546 if (flag_debug_asm
)
12547 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t%s %s:%d\n", ASM_COMMENT_START
,
12550 if (DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
12552 unsigned file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12554 file_num
= maybe_emit_file (file_num
);
12556 /* Emit the .loc directive understood by GNU as. */
12557 fprintf (asm_out_file
, "\t.loc %d %d 0\n", file_num
, line
);
12559 /* Indicate that line number info exists. */
12560 line_info_table_in_use
++;
12562 /* Indicate that multiple line number tables exist. */
12563 if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12564 separate_line_info_table_in_use
++;
12566 else if (DECL_SECTION_NAME (current_function_decl
))
12568 dw_separate_line_info_ref line_info
;
12569 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, SEPARATE_LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12570 separate_line_info_table_in_use
);
12572 /* expand the line info table if necessary */
12573 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
12574 == separate_line_info_table_allocated
)
12576 separate_line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12577 separate_line_info_table
12578 = ggc_realloc (separate_line_info_table
,
12579 separate_line_info_table_allocated
12580 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
));
12581 memset (separate_line_info_table
12582 + separate_line_info_table_in_use
,
12584 (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12585 * sizeof (dw_separate_line_info_entry
)));
12588 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12590 = &separate_line_info_table
[separate_line_info_table_in_use
++];
12591 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12592 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12593 line_info
->function
= current_function_funcdef_no
;
12597 dw_line_info_ref line_info
;
12599 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, LINE_CODE_LABEL
,
12600 line_info_table_in_use
);
12602 /* Expand the line info table if necessary. */
12603 if (line_info_table_in_use
== line_info_table_allocated
)
12605 line_info_table_allocated
+= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12607 = ggc_realloc (line_info_table
,
12608 (line_info_table_allocated
12609 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
)));
12610 memset (line_info_table
+ line_info_table_in_use
, 0,
12611 LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
* sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12614 /* Add the new entry at the end of the line_info_table. */
12615 line_info
= &line_info_table
[line_info_table_in_use
++];
12616 line_info
->dw_file_num
= lookup_filename (filename
);
12617 line_info
->dw_line_num
= line
;
12622 /* Record the beginning of a new source file. */
12625 dwarf2out_start_source_file (unsigned int lineno
, const char *filename
)
12627 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12629 /* Record the beginning of the file for break_out_includes. */
12630 dw_die_ref bincl_die
;
12632 bincl_die
= new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_BINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12633 add_AT_string (bincl_die
, DW_AT_name
, filename
);
12636 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12638 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12639 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_start_file
, "Start new file");
12640 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "Included from line number %d",
12642 maybe_emit_file (lookup_filename (filename
));
12643 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lookup_filename (filename
),
12644 "Filename we just started");
12648 /* Record the end of a source file. */
12651 dwarf2out_end_source_file (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12653 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
12654 /* Record the end of the file for break_out_includes. */
12655 new_die (DW_TAG_GNU_EINCL
, comp_unit_die
, NULL
);
12657 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12659 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12660 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
12664 /* Called from debug_define in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12665 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12666 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12669 dwarf2out_define (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12670 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12672 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12674 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12675 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_define
, "Define macro");
12676 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12677 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12681 /* Called from debug_undef in toplev.c. The `buffer' parameter contains
12682 the tail part of the directive line, i.e. the part which is past the
12683 initial whitespace, #, whitespace, directive-name, whitespace part. */
12686 dwarf2out_undef (unsigned int lineno ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12687 const char *buffer ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12689 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12691 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12692 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_undef
, "Undefine macro");
12693 dw2_asm_output_data_uleb128 (lineno
, "At line number %d", lineno
);
12694 dw2_asm_output_nstring (buffer
, -1, "The macro");
12698 /* Set up for Dwarf output at the start of compilation. */
12701 dwarf2out_init (const char *filename ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12703 init_file_table ();
12705 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_die_table. */
12706 decl_die_table
= htab_create_ggc (10, decl_die_table_hash
,
12707 decl_die_table_eq
, NULL
);
12709 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the decl_scope_table. */
12710 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (decl_scope_table
, 256, "decl_scope_table");
12712 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the abbrev_die_table. */
12713 abbrev_die_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
12714 * sizeof (dw_die_ref
));
12715 abbrev_die_table_allocated
= ABBREV_DIE_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12716 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12717 abbrev_die_table_in_use
= 1;
12719 /* Allocate the initial hunk of the line_info_table. */
12720 line_info_table
= ggc_alloc_cleared (LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
12721 * sizeof (dw_line_info_entry
));
12722 line_info_table_allocated
= LINE_INFO_TABLE_INCREMENT
;
12724 /* Zero-th entry is allocated, but unused */
12725 line_info_table_in_use
= 1;
12727 /* Generate the initial DIE for the .debug section. Note that the (string)
12728 value given in the DW_AT_name attribute of the DW_TAG_compile_unit DIE
12729 will (typically) be a relative pathname and that this pathname should be
12730 taken as being relative to the directory from which the compiler was
12731 invoked when the given (base) source file was compiled. We will fill
12732 in this value in dwarf2out_finish. */
12733 comp_unit_die
= gen_compile_unit_die (NULL
);
12735 VARRAY_TREE_INIT (incomplete_types
, 64, "incomplete_types");
12737 VARRAY_RTX_INIT (used_rtx_varray
, 32, "used_rtx_varray");
12739 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_end_label
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
12740 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (abbrev_section_label
,
12741 DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12742 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12743 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (text_section_label
, TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12745 strcpy (text_section_label
, stripattributes (TEXT_SECTION_NAME
));
12747 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_info_section_label
,
12748 DEBUG_INFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12749 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (debug_line_section_label
,
12750 DEBUG_LINE_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12751 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (ranges_section_label
,
12752 DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12753 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12754 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, abbrev_section_label
);
12755 named_section_flags (DEBUG_INFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12756 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_info_section_label
);
12757 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12758 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, debug_line_section_label
);
12760 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
12762 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
12763 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (macinfo_section_label
,
12764 DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
12765 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, macinfo_section_label
);
12768 if (DWARF2_GENERATE_TEXT_SECTION_LABEL
)
12771 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, text_section_label
);
12775 /* A helper function for dwarf2out_finish called through
12776 ht_forall. Emit one queued .debug_str string. */
12779 output_indirect_string (void **h
, void *v ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12781 struct indirect_string_node
*node
= (struct indirect_string_node
*) *h
;
12783 if (node
->form
== DW_FORM_strp
)
12785 named_section_flags (DEBUG_STR_SECTION
, DEBUG_STR_SECTION_FLAGS
);
12786 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, node
->label
);
12787 assemble_string (node
->str
, strlen (node
->str
) + 1);
12795 /* Clear the marks for a die and its children.
12796 Be cool if the mark isn't set. */
12799 prune_unmark_dies (dw_die_ref die
)
12803 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12804 prune_unmark_dies (c
);
12808 /* Given DIE that we're marking as used, find any other dies
12809 it references as attributes and mark them as used. */
12812 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (dw_die_ref die
)
12816 for (a
= die
->die_attr
; a
!= NULL
; a
= a
->dw_attr_next
)
12818 if (a
->dw_attr_val
.val_class
== dw_val_class_die_ref
)
12820 /* A reference to another DIE.
12821 Make sure that it will get emitted. */
12822 prune_unused_types_mark (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_die_ref
.die
, 1);
12824 else if (a
->dw_attr
== DW_AT_decl_file
)
12826 /* A reference to a file. Make sure the file name is emitted. */
12827 a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
=
12828 maybe_emit_file (a
->dw_attr_val
.v
.val_unsigned
);
12834 /* Mark DIE as being used. If DOKIDS is true, then walk down
12835 to DIE's children. */
12838 prune_unused_types_mark (dw_die_ref die
, int dokids
)
12842 if (die
->die_mark
== 0)
12844 /* We haven't done this node yet. Mark it as used. */
12847 /* We also have to mark its parents as used.
12848 (But we don't want to mark our parents' kids due to this.) */
12849 if (die
->die_parent
)
12850 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_parent
, 0);
12852 /* Mark any referenced nodes. */
12853 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12855 /* If this node is a specification,
12856 also mark the definition, if it exists. */
12857 if (get_AT_flag (die
, DW_AT_declaration
) && die
->die_definition
)
12858 prune_unused_types_mark (die
->die_definition
, 1);
12861 if (dokids
&& die
->die_mark
!= 2)
12863 /* We need to walk the children, but haven't done so yet.
12864 Remember that we've walked the kids. */
12868 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12870 /* If this is an array type, we need to make sure our
12871 kids get marked, even if they're types. */
12872 if (die
->die_tag
== DW_TAG_array_type
)
12873 prune_unused_types_mark (c
, 1);
12875 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12881 /* Walk the tree DIE and mark types that we actually use. */
12884 prune_unused_types_walk (dw_die_ref die
)
12888 /* Don't do anything if this node is already marked. */
12892 switch (die
->die_tag
) {
12893 case DW_TAG_const_type
:
12894 case DW_TAG_packed_type
:
12895 case DW_TAG_pointer_type
:
12896 case DW_TAG_reference_type
:
12897 case DW_TAG_volatile_type
:
12898 case DW_TAG_typedef
:
12899 case DW_TAG_array_type
:
12900 case DW_TAG_structure_type
:
12901 case DW_TAG_union_type
:
12902 case DW_TAG_class_type
:
12903 case DW_TAG_friend
:
12904 case DW_TAG_variant_part
:
12905 case DW_TAG_enumeration_type
:
12906 case DW_TAG_subroutine_type
:
12907 case DW_TAG_string_type
:
12908 case DW_TAG_set_type
:
12909 case DW_TAG_subrange_type
:
12910 case DW_TAG_ptr_to_member_type
:
12911 case DW_TAG_file_type
:
12912 /* It's a type node --- don't mark it. */
12916 /* Mark everything else. */
12922 /* Now, mark any dies referenced from here. */
12923 prune_unused_types_walk_attribs (die
);
12925 /* Mark children. */
12926 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= c
->die_sib
)
12927 prune_unused_types_walk (c
);
12931 /* Remove from the tree DIE any dies that aren't marked. */
12934 prune_unused_types_prune (dw_die_ref die
)
12936 dw_die_ref c
, p
, n
;
12937 if (!die
->die_mark
)
12941 for (c
= die
->die_child
; c
; c
= n
)
12946 prune_unused_types_prune (c
);
12954 die
->die_child
= n
;
12961 /* Remove dies representing declarations that we never use. */
12964 prune_unused_types (void)
12967 limbo_die_node
*node
;
12969 /* Clear all the marks. */
12970 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12971 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12972 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12974 /* Set the mark on nodes that are actually used. */
12975 prune_unused_types_walk (comp_unit_die
);
12976 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12977 prune_unused_types_walk (node
->die
);
12979 /* Also set the mark on nodes referenced from the
12980 pubname_table or arange_table. */
12981 for (i
= 0; i
< pubname_table_in_use
; i
++)
12982 prune_unused_types_mark (pubname_table
[i
].die
, 1);
12983 for (i
= 0; i
< arange_table_in_use
; i
++)
12984 prune_unused_types_mark (arange_table
[i
], 1);
12986 /* Get rid of nodes that aren't marked. */
12987 prune_unused_types_prune (comp_unit_die
);
12988 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12989 prune_unused_types_prune (node
->die
);
12991 /* Leave the marks clear. */
12992 prune_unmark_dies (comp_unit_die
);
12993 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
12994 prune_unmark_dies (node
->die
);
12997 /* Output stuff that dwarf requires at the end of every file,
12998 and generate the DWARF-2 debugging info. */
13001 dwarf2out_finish (const char *filename
)
13003 limbo_die_node
*node
, *next_node
;
13004 dw_die_ref die
= 0;
13006 /* Add the name for the main input file now. We delayed this from
13007 dwarf2out_init to avoid complications with PCH. */
13008 add_name_attribute (comp_unit_die
, filename
);
13009 if (filename
[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
)
13010 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13011 else if (get_AT (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_comp_dir
) == NULL
)
13014 for (i
= 1; i
< VARRAY_ACTIVE_SIZE (file_table
); i
++)
13015 if (VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != DIR_SEPARATOR
13016 /* Don't add cwd for <built-in>. */
13017 && VARRAY_CHAR_PTR (file_table
, i
)[0] != '<')
13019 add_comp_dir_attribute (comp_unit_die
);
13024 /* Traverse the limbo die list, and add parent/child links. The only
13025 dies without parents that should be here are concrete instances of
13026 inline functions, and the comp_unit_die. We can ignore the comp_unit_die.
13027 For concrete instances, we can get the parent die from the abstract
13029 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= next_node
)
13031 next_node
= node
->next
;
13034 if (die
->die_parent
== NULL
)
13036 dw_die_ref origin
= get_AT_ref (die
, DW_AT_abstract_origin
);
13040 add_child_die (origin
->die_parent
, die
);
13041 else if (die
== comp_unit_die
)
13043 /* If this was an expression for a bound involved in a function
13044 return type, it may be a SAVE_EXPR for which we weren't able
13045 to find a DIE previously. So try now. */
13046 else if (node
->created_for
13047 && TREE_CODE (node
->created_for
) == SAVE_EXPR
13048 && 0 != (origin
= (lookup_decl_die
13050 (node
->created_for
)))))
13051 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13052 else if (errorcount
> 0 || sorrycount
> 0)
13053 /* It's OK to be confused by errors in the input. */
13054 add_child_die (comp_unit_die
, die
);
13055 else if (node
->created_for
13056 && ((DECL_P (node
->created_for
)
13057 && (context
= DECL_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
)))
13058 || (TYPE_P (node
->created_for
)
13059 && (context
= TYPE_CONTEXT (node
->created_for
))))
13060 && TREE_CODE (context
) == FUNCTION_DECL
)
13062 /* In certain situations, the lexical block containing a
13063 nested function can be optimized away, which results
13064 in the nested function die being orphaned. Likewise
13065 with the return type of that nested function. Force
13066 this to be a child of the containing function. */
13067 origin
= lookup_decl_die (context
);
13070 add_child_die (origin
, die
);
13077 limbo_die_list
= NULL
;
13079 /* Walk through the list of incomplete types again, trying once more to
13080 emit full debugging info for them. */
13081 retry_incomplete_types ();
13083 /* We need to reverse all the dies before break_out_includes, or
13084 we'll see the end of an include file before the beginning. */
13085 reverse_all_dies (comp_unit_die
);
13087 if (flag_eliminate_unused_debug_types
)
13088 prune_unused_types ();
13090 /* Generate separate CUs for each of the include files we've seen.
13091 They will go into limbo_die_list. */
13092 if (flag_eliminate_dwarf2_dups
)
13093 break_out_includes (comp_unit_die
);
13095 /* Traverse the DIE's and add add sibling attributes to those DIE's
13096 that have children. */
13097 add_sibling_attributes (comp_unit_die
);
13098 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13099 add_sibling_attributes (node
->die
);
13101 /* Output a terminator label for the .text section. */
13103 (*targetm
.asm_out
.internal_label
) (asm_out_file
, TEXT_END_LABEL
, 0);
13105 /* Output the source line correspondence table. We must do this
13106 even if there is no line information. Otherwise, on an empty
13107 translation unit, we will generate a present, but empty,
13108 .debug_info section. IRIX 6.5 `nm' will then complain when
13109 examining the file. */
13110 if (! DWARF2_ASM_LINE_DEBUG_INFO
)
13112 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LINE_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13113 output_line_info ();
13116 /* Output location list section if necessary. */
13117 if (have_location_lists
)
13119 /* Output the location lists info. */
13120 named_section_flags (DEBUG_LOC_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13121 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL (loc_section_label
,
13122 DEBUG_LOC_SECTION_LABEL
, 0);
13123 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, loc_section_label
);
13124 output_location_lists (die
);
13125 have_location_lists
= 0;
13128 /* We can only use the low/high_pc attributes if all of the code was
13130 if (separate_line_info_table_in_use
== 0)
13132 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_low_pc
, text_section_label
);
13133 add_AT_lbl_id (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_high_pc
, text_end_label
);
13136 /* If it wasn't, we need to give .debug_loc and .debug_ranges an appropriate
13137 "base address". Use zero so that these addresses become absolute. */
13138 else if (have_location_lists
|| ranges_table_in_use
)
13139 add_AT_addr (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_entry_pc
, const0_rtx
);
13141 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_NORMAL
)
13142 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_stmt_list
,
13143 debug_line_section_label
);
13145 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13146 add_AT_lbl_offset (comp_unit_die
, DW_AT_macro_info
, macinfo_section_label
);
13148 /* Output all of the compilation units. We put the main one last so that
13149 the offsets are available to output_pubnames. */
13150 for (node
= limbo_die_list
; node
; node
= node
->next
)
13151 output_comp_unit (node
->die
, 0);
13153 output_comp_unit (comp_unit_die
, 0);
13155 /* Output the abbreviation table. */
13156 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ABBREV_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13157 output_abbrev_section ();
13159 /* Output public names table if necessary. */
13160 if (pubname_table_in_use
)
13162 named_section_flags (DEBUG_PUBNAMES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13163 output_pubnames ();
13166 /* Output the address range information. We only put functions in the arange
13167 table, so don't write it out if we don't have any. */
13168 if (fde_table_in_use
)
13170 named_section_flags (DEBUG_ARANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13174 /* Output ranges section if necessary. */
13175 if (ranges_table_in_use
)
13177 named_section_flags (DEBUG_RANGES_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13178 ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL (asm_out_file
, ranges_section_label
);
13182 /* Have to end the primary source file. */
13183 if (debug_info_level
>= DINFO_LEVEL_VERBOSE
)
13185 named_section_flags (DEBUG_MACINFO_SECTION
, SECTION_DEBUG
);
13186 dw2_asm_output_data (1, DW_MACINFO_end_file
, "End file");
13187 dw2_asm_output_data (1, 0, "End compilation unit");
13190 /* If we emitted any DW_FORM_strp form attribute, output the string
13192 if (debug_str_hash
)
13193 htab_traverse (debug_str_hash
, output_indirect_string
, NULL
);
13197 /* This should never be used, but its address is needed for comparisons. */
13198 const struct gcc_debug_hooks dwarf2_debug_hooks
;
13200 #endif /* DWARF2_DEBUGGING_INFO */
13202 #include "gt-dwarf2out.h"